See in Reader
866 KiB
866 KiB
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Romans<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–15)<br>2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Romans?<br><br>The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.<br><br>### What is the book of Romans about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).<br><br>In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?<br><br>In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).<br><br>### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?<br><br>Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”<br><br>Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.<br><br>### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?<br><br>The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”<br><br>In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?<br><br>The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.<br><br>These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.<br><br>Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])<br><br>### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?<br><br>The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:<br><br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))<br><br>The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to Paul’s audience. There are only four instances of singular “you,” three of which are quotations from the Old Testament ([9:7](../09/07.md), [17](../09/17.md); [13:4](../13/04.md), [15:9](../15/09.md)). Those exceptions will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?<br><br>For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.<br><br>* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”<br>* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”<br><br>The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.<br><br>* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–15)<br> * Greeting (1:1–7)<br> * Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)<br>2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br> * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The gospel<br><br>This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.<br><br>### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God<br><br>In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “God gave them over”<br><br>Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 1 1 e417 figs-distinguish δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 Paul These two phrases give further information about Paul. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s **servant** and **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus called to be an apostle and set apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus**set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach the gospel of God” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 1 ji90 figs-possession εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gospel** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” in the previous verse. Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy Scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about God’s Son, “Christ Jesus” (See [verse 1](../01/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 3 y2uy figs-idiom τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ 1 Here, **from a seed of David** is an idiom meaning “David’s descendant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “with reference to physical descent.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “according to natural descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 4 nhz7 figs-infostructure τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 In this verse, Paul places these phrases in the order he wants to emphasize. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **God** did it. Alternate translation: “whom God designated as the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 4 cp80 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between **God** and **Jesus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 4 h32u figs-explicit ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Here, **in power** could refer to: (1) the means by which God designated Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated the Son of God by means of power” (2) a new level of power God gave to the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated as the powerful Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 4 m89w figs-possession Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness Paul is using the possessive form to describe God’s **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. This refers to the Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 4 js9m figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 4 h97z figs-idiom νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead Here, the phrase translated **of dead ones** refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 4 zvql figs-possession νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the place from where **Jesus** was resurrected. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition “from” instead of “of.” Alternate translation: “from death” or “from among the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Romans<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-15)<br>2. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)<br>4. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)<br>5. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)<br>6. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)<br>7. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)<br>8. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)<br>9. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)<br>10. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Romans?<br><br>The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.<br><br>### What is the Book of Romans about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).<br><br>In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?<br><br>In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).<br><br>### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?<br><br>Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).<br><br>The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”<br><br>Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.<br><br>### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?<br><br>The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”<br><br>In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?<br><br>The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.<br><br>These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.<br><br>Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])<br><br>### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?<br><br>The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:<br><br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)<br><br>The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?<br><br>For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.<br><br>* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”<br>* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”<br><br>The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.<br><br>* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse is a type of introduction. People in the ancient Mediterranean region often started their letters this way. Sometimes this is called a “salutation.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The gospel<br><br>This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([Romans 1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Instead, chapters 1-8 present the biblical gospel: All have sinned. Jesus died for our sins. He was raised again that we might have new life in him.<br><br>### Fruit<br><br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. In this chapter, it refers to the results of Paul’s work among the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God<br><br>This chapter explains that everyone is without excuse. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the wrath of God. This wrath was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “God gave them over”<br><br>Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God simply allows men to pursue their own desires, he does not force them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Difficult phrases and concepts<br><br>This chapter has many difficult ideas in it. How Paul writes makes many of the phrases in this chapter difficult to translate. The translator may need to use the UST to understand the meaning of the phrases. And it may be necessary to more freely translate these phrases. Some of the difficult phrases include: “obedience of faith,” “Son of God,” “whom I serve in my spirit,” “from faith to faith” and “exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man.” ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written (See [Romans 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you believers in Christ in the city of Rome. I am a servant of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants readers to understand that the ancient promises are now coming true, promises about the coming of Christ, the Messiah, found in the writings of the **prophets** in the Jewish **holy scriptures**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Here, **Son** could refer to: (1) the divine nature of Jesus. Alternate translation: “God’s divine Son” (2) the human nature of Jesus as “Christ” (See [1:1,6](../01/01.md)). Because **Son** is an Old Testament title that can refer to David and his descendants as God’s chosen kings (See [2 Samuel 7:14; Psalm 2](2sam/07/14.md), Paul could also be using **Son** as a synonym for God’s anointed king or “Christ.” Alternate translation: “his Son the Christ” or “God’s Son the anointed king” (3) both Jesus’ divine and human natures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 3 u5rg writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to God (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 3 xiio figs-distinguish τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 This clause gives us further information about the human nature of “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1,6](../01/01.md)). Here Paul is making a distinction between Jesus’ divine nature as God’s **Son** and Jesus’ human nature as **seed of David**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 y2uy figs-idiom τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ 1 Here, **from a seed of David** is an idiom meaning “David’s descendant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born from King David’s family line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “related to physical descent.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “as a natural relative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 4 sxo3 figs-parallelism 0 In [1:3–4](../01/03.md) Paul uses similar phrases, in different ways, to show that Jesus is both human and God. As it relates to Jesus’ human nature, he “was born from a seed of David according to the flesh.” As it relates to Jesus’ divine nature, he **was designated the Son of God by resurrection in power according to the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language to show this parallelism. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 4 nhz7 figs-infostructure τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 In this verse, Paul places these phrases in the order he wants to emphasize. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **God** did it. Alternate translation: “God demonstrated that Jesus was his Son” or “God identified Jesus, ‘Son of God’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 4 cp80 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα…Κυρίου 1 **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between **God** and **Jesus**. The mention of **the Spirit** indicates that Paul is referring to the activity of the Trinity in God’s designation of Jesus as **Son of God**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 4 m89w figs-possession Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the** divine **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Holy” instead of the noun **holiness**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead Here, the phrase translated **of the dead** is plural and a common biblical concept that refers to “dead people.” It means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” or “from the grave” or “from the place where corpses are” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) ROM 1 4 kkkt guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Paul uses the terms **Christ** and **Lord** to express the human and divine natures of **Jesus**. **Christ** expresses his human relationship to King David as anointed king (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), and the Old Testament title **Lord** is applied to Jesus, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 4 brej figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-explicit δι’ οὗ 1 we have received grace and apostleship Paul assumes that his readers know that **through whom** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **apostleship** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus graced us and officially made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 mosg figs-exclusive ἐλάβομεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is speaking about himself and other apostles, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles received”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 5 mv5n grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a goal clause. Alternate translation: “to achieve the goal of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 5 krzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **for obedience of faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that people from all the nations would faithfully obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 cf3g figs-possession εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 Here, **obedience of faith** could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” or “for faithful obedience” (2) trust in God that leads to obedience. Alternate translation: “faith that leads to obedience” (3) Gentle obedience to the Christian Faith. Alternate translation: “bringing obedience to the Christian Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 5 b696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “by trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 oikk figs-possession ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **for the sake** could refer to: (1) glorifying Jesus’. Alternate translation: “for the glory of his fame” or “for the honor of Jesus’ name” (2) representing Jesus as apostles. Alternate translation: “on behalf of Jesus’ name” or “representing his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Here, **his name** figuratively means “Jesus.” Alternate translation: “Jesus’ name” or “Jesus’ fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 6 xurz figs-explicit ἐν οἷς 1 Here it is assumed that **among whom** refers to the previous phrase **among all the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 6 sks2 writing-pronouns ὑμεῖς 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome (See [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “you believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 6 qq9z figs-metaphor κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively about the Roman church as if Jesus personally shouted at them or summoned them. He means that Jesus invited the Roman church to become his followers by trusting in the gospel message. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **called** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “people summoned by Jesus Christ” or “invited by Jesus the Messiah from the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 7 z85a writing-participants πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people Here, Paul officially introduces the recipients of his letter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing the recipient of a letter. Here, **all those being in Rome** means the church or believers in Christ at Rome. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ROM 1 7 zfwq ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 Paul is using the adjectives **beloved** and **called** as nouns in order to describe the church at Rome. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are loved by God, people who are invited to become saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 7 v8bl translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace After stating the people to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing or prayer. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will act kindly toward all of you and grant you to live peacefully” or “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind they are and allow you to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 God our Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3,4](../01/03.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 7 j61d figs-exclusive Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Since Paul is addressing the church at Rome in this verse, **our** is inclusive of Paul, those at Rome, and by extension, all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “the Father of we who trust in Christ” or “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 8 yrau grammar-connect-logic-result πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 8 totr grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν 1 Here, **First** indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 8 ci5y figs-distinguish τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 When Paul speaks of **my God**, he does not mean that this is a different **God** than the one the Roman church has **faith** in. Paul is simply stating that he belongs to **God**. If in your language **my God** would indicate a distinction between Paul’s **God** and the **God** of church at Rome God, you could add the plural pronoun “our.” Alternate translation: “our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 1 9 e9n1 figs-metaphor μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 Paul is appealing to God to validate his personal motives. He figuratively speaks as if he is summoning God as a witness to testify on his behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God is my witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 9 c7pa grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For God is my witness **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Here, *For** marks the beginning of Paul’s explanation of how he desires to come to Rome and why he has been hindered. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 9 dx6p figs-distinguish ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 in my spirit This phrase gives us further information about **God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “(he is who I serve fervently by proclaiming the gospel about his Son Jesus)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 9 ydnc figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of his **spirit** and **the gospel** as if they were locations in which he could perform service. He means that he serves God devotedly or enthusiastically by preaching the gospel. If your readers would not understand what **in my spirit in the gospel** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “fervently when preaching the gospel about his Son” or “enthusiastically by announcing the good news concerning his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 9 o66d figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Paul could be using the possessive form **of his Son** to refer to: (1) Jesus as the object of the gospel. Alternate translation: “concerning his Son” or “that refers to his Son” (2) Jesus as the source of the gospel. Alternate translation: “that comes from his Son” (3) Jesus as the object and source of the gospel. Alternate translation: “about his Son and from his Son” If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 9 rnp6 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The pronoun **his** refers to God (See [1:3](../01/03.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 9 f9p2 figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως 1 I make mention of you Here, the word **continually** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for the church at Rome. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) ROM 1 9 vtuq figs-idiom μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 Here, the term **making mention** is an idiom for prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … remembering to pray to God for you at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 10 mdc8 figs-parallelism πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος 1 I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in [1:9](../01/09.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 10 oi0x figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for the church at Rome. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “continually” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) ROM 1 10 zfp4 figs-hyperbole εἴ πως ἤδη ποτὲ 1 by any means Here, the phrase **if somehow now at last** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to speak about visiting the church at Rome. Paul expresses a deep longing for God to allow him to come to Rome, because he has been hindered so many times (See [1:11, 13](../01/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows deep longing. Alternate translation: “that at this time there would finally be some way that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 1 10 is3p figs-parallelism εὐοδωθήσομαι ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 at last Since the word translated as **I will be successful** often means “to have a good journey,” Paul may be stressing how much he wants to visit the church at Rome. So here, **I will be successful** and ** to come to you** mean similar things. Paul says a similar thing twice, to show how deeply he desires to visit the church at Rome. If this is confusing in your language, you could make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “if God wills it, I will have a good journey when I visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “because God desires for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 11 ki6h grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you This is a reason clause. Here Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [1:9–10](../01/09.md)). Use natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “Because I greatly yearn to see your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 11 gjdu figs-metonymy ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 Paul is figuratively describing a visit to the church at Rome by association with seeing them, which is what someone does when visiting other people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to see your faces” or “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 11 b23b grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he longs **to see** the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that I can share with you some kind of gracious gift that the Holy Spirit imparted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 11 f3g1 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that leads to your spiritual strengthening” or “that causes your trust in God to remain strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 12 pnnm figs-distinguish τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν 1 Here, **and that is** gives us further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the church at Rome. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for us to comfort each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 12 ddtm figs-possession διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to show how Paul and the church at Rome can **be mutually encouraged**. Use a natural way in your language to express the idea of manner. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 12 e6py figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 12 fr36 writing-pronouns ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 The pronouns **yours** and **mine** are not meant to make a distinction between the Christian **faith** of Paul and the church at Rome (See [1:8](../01/08.md)). Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If the pronouns **yours** and **mine** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “since we have a mutual trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 1 13 rwzn figs-activepassive ἀγνοεῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 u1cq figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Unless otherwise noted, throughout this letter **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ.” If your readers would not understand what brothers means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 13 pec7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 13 ru3x grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 but I was hindered until now Here, **that** marks a clause that explains what Paul wants the church at Rome to know about his desire to visit them. Use a natural way in your language to connect these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 13 b4vr grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what Paul **intended**. Instead, Paul was **hindered** from visiting the church at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 13 axe9 figs-aside καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Here Paul is using an aside in order to reinforce how much he wants to visit the Roman church. If this would be confusing in your language, or your language does not use parenthesis, use a natural way in your language to communicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 1 13 zvrj figs-explicit καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was **hindered* until the moment he wrote these words, but now he can come to Rome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have been hindered and still am” or “God continues to hinder me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 13 b92o figs-activepassive ἐκωλύθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God stopped me” or “God did not permit it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you Paul speaks figuratively of his apostolic service as if he was a gardener producing fruit. He means that he wants to produce some spiritual benefit or growth in the church at Rome (See [1:11](../01/11.md) for the same word **some** used similarly). If your readers would not understand what it means to **have some fruit among you** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “in order to help you grow in how you trust in God” or “for the purpose of benefiting you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 13 nv7c grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he **intended to come** to Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 13 j96v καθὼς καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles Here, Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also** to emphasize that God has allowed his apostolic service among **the Gentiles** to flourish. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as I have spiritually benefited to the rest of the non-Jewish churches” ROM 1 13 xydv figs-extrainfo ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 By **among the rest of the Gentiles**, Paul likely means the rest of churches among the nations to whom he preached the gospel (See [1:12–13](../01/12.md)). In the next verse, he lists four types of people that summarize the term **Gentiles**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Paul speaks figuratively of himself as if he owed a monetary debt to the “Gentiles” (See [1:13](../01/13.md)). He means that as a servant and called apostle of Christ, it is his duty to preach the gospel to non-Jews. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a debtor** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “I owe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 14 j2sz figs-merism Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 Paul speaks figuratively, using these types of people to represent all the Gentiles or nations. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of people from among the nations” or “to all kinds of cultures and all kinds of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 1 14 q728 figs-merism Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is obligated to preach the gospel to every kind of Gentile. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “to wise Greeks and foolish barbarians” or “to each and every kind of Gentile” or “to every single non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 14 ejxt figs-nominaladj βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 Paul is using the adjectives **barbarians** and **wise** and **foolish** as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are not Greek, people who are wise and people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 15 h9zv grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως 1 This is a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 15 z4hk figs-aside τὸ κατ’ ἐμὲ 1 Paul is using the phrase **as it depends me** as an aside in order to express how **eager** he is to visit Rome **to proclaim the gospel**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parenthesis or some other natural way in your language to indicate that this phrase is an aside. Alternate translation (no comma preceding): “(if I could have what I want)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 1 15 xjnr figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον…τοῖς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **I am** and **are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 15 mwt1 figs-nominaladj πρόθυμον 1 Paul is using the adjective **eager** as a noun in order to describe himself. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “I am a person who has desired in advance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 15 mq8x figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ 1 It is implied that **you who {are} in Rome** means the church that is located in Rome (See [1:7](../01/07.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 15 usjv grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγελίσασθαι 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **eager**. Use a natural way in your language for expressing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 15 h4bk grammar-connect-logic-result πρόθυμον καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ εὐαγγελίσασθαι 1 This could be reason clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I want to announce the gospel to you believers in the Messiah at Rome, I am eager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 16 bf9s grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ γὰρ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι, Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the gospel is God’s powerful way to save every type of person who believes–whether Jew or Greek–I am not ashamed to proclaim it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 16 oa6m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church at Rome should pay attention to. In [1:16–17](../01/16.md) Paul neatly summarizes the theme of the letter. Use a natural way in your language to indicate emphasis. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 1 16 f5x9 figs-possession δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe that the **gospel** is the powerful way God saves people. Use a natural way in your language to indicate how someone does something. Alternate translation: “because it is the powerful way God saves each type of person who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 16 sz5b grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 first This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that results in the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 16 q9w8 figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective **everyone** as a plural noun in order to describe all types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 16 zq2q figs-merism Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **everyone**. In other words, the good news about the Christ is not just for Jews (as would be assumed in this context), but is for each person from every nation who continues to trust in God, since God makes no distinction between people types (See [2:11; 3:22; 10:12](../02/11.md); [Acts 10:34](acts/10/34.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the culturally Greek people” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 1 16 u8on grammar-connect-words-phrases Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον 1 **Both the Jew first** is meant to indicate that the Jewish people were the first to hear the gospel. Paul is not using **first** to express that the **Jew** is better than **the Greek**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be uncovered. He means that when the gospel is proclaimed, God’s righteousness becomes obvious. If your readers would not understand what **is revealed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “When people preach the gospel God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 17 wfsc figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” or “Certainly, God reveals that he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 17 qr31 figs-possession δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul is using the possessive form **of God** that could refer to: (1) righteousness from/through God. Alternate translation: “In fact, how God makes people right with himself” (2) righteousness that belongs to/characterizes God. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God’s righteousness” Use a natural way in your language to make this possessive form explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about the “gospel” that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “that God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads others to trust in God” or “by people who are faithful to God and lead others to become faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakkuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-nominaladj ὁ…δίκαιος 1 The righteous will live by faith Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 17 ee0i figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως 2 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** brings life for **the righteous**. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) the human means of *faith**. Alternate translation: “through trusting in God” (2) the divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is” (3) both the human means and divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is, by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now, God clarifies how angry he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 18 ptaj figs-parallelism ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 The two phrases that begin [1:17;18](../01/17.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar wording, to show the two-sided nature of how **God is revealed** in the preaching of the gospel. See how you translated **For the righteousness of God is revealed** in [1:17](../01/17.md), and use a natural way in your language to make this parallelism explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how furious he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 18 c69s grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about what **is revealed** by **God** that the church at Rome should pay attention to. In [1:18–32](../01/18.md) Paul describes why God reveals his wrath to humanity. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wrath** in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 iuau figs-possession ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **wrath**. Here, **the wrath of God** could refer to: (1) wrath that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s wrath” (2) wrath that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the wrath from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων, τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness** and **truth** in another way. You could use verb forms to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “against all those people who deny God and do not want to become right with him. Because they do not want to become right with God, they keep withholding what is true about God from those who want to know” or “against all people who do ungodly things and act unrighteously, who suppress what God says is true by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-possession ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 hold back the truth Paul is using the possessive form to describe **men** who are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “unrighteous” instead of the noun **unrighteousness**. Alternate translation: “unrighteous men” or “unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 18 rztp figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 18 g3qm figs-distinguish τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the nature of **all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men**. It is not making a distinction between a **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 19 c6jh figs-parallelism διότι τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how obvious his existence should be to ungodly and unrighteous people (See [1:18](../01/18.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God has obviously shown to these people that he exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 19 z06b grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 Here, **because** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any human being. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-nominaladj τὸ γνωστὸν 1 that which is known about God is visible to them Paul is using the adjective phrase **that which {is} known** as a noun in order to describe visible knowledge about God. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 19 r6ef writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous men in [1:18](../01/18.md). Unless, otherwise noted, **them** or “their” or “they” refers to the ungodly and unrighteous throughout [1:19–32](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 19 u8z3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul means that the reason why these people can visibly know about God, is because God has made sure that his existence is obvious. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 20 fo6q figs-abstractnouns τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **qualities**, **power**, and **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “In fact, even though people are unable to visibly see God, ever since the time when God created the universe, people could observe how he eternally controls everything and how he divinely exists, innately perceiving how he exists by investigating the things he made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 20 w39b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about Paul’s discussion on the existence of God that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **invisible qualities** of **eternal power and divine nature** as if people could see them with their eyes. Paul means that what God created demonstrates that he exists. If your readers would not understand what **invisible qualities** or **eternal power and divine nature** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul refers figuratively to **the world** to mean the whole universe. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” or “all that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “through those things God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 20 dxr6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse This is a result clause. Use natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “As a result, these people cannot defend themselves” or “This is why they have nothing they can say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 20 d7fh figs-nominaladj αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 Paul is using the adjective **without excuse** as a noun in order to describe the ungodly and unrighteous men in [1:18](../01/18.md). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “these ungodly and unrighteous people cannot excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 21 pgta figs-explicit γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 It is implied that these people do not actually know God in a personal sense. Paul means that they know about God or know that God exists. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “although they know about God” or “even though they realize that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 21 iasg figs-doublet οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν 1 Here, **not glorify him** and **nor give him thanks** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how dishonoring ungodly people are towards God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they thanklessly despise God” or “these people completely disregard God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “began to think foolish things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 21 qxmh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **instead** is in contrast to glorifying and giving **God** **thanks**. Not only did these people refuse to honor God, but they also became foolish. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 21 dant figs-parallelism ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **foolish** these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they started thinking foolishly and became totally senseless” or “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here, **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 21 d2c0 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could change to the color black. He means that these **foolish** people lack spiritual sensitivity. If your readers would not understand what a **senseless heart** or **darkened** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “they became incapable of discerning spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 21 sw8q grammar-collectivenouns καρδία 1 The word **heart** is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “minds” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 1 22 ddr2 figs-nominaladj φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish Paul is using the adjective **wise** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 22 ly68 ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They … they In the original, the phrase **they became foolish** is one verb. Use a natural way in your language to express a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools” ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped honoring God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See also [1:25](../01/25.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “then they stopped honoring the never changing God in order to worship images of things God created that will one day change and decay: humans, birds, four-footed animals, and things that creep and crawl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish” (See [1:22](../01/22.md)). Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 23 qb7f figs-parallelism τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 These two phrases, **the glory of the imperishable God** and **a likeness of an image of perishable man** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar phrases, to emphasize the contrast between **God** and **man**. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 23 r14e figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of perishable man If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **the glory** in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the incorruptible God” or “what honors the never changing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 23 u971 figs-possession τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **glory** and **the imperishable God**. Here, **of the imperishable God** could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “that characterizes God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “that belongs only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession εἰκόνος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a likeness** that comes from an **image**. Alternate translation: “that come from an image” or “that are based on an image” or “of images that are representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 z0de figs-possession φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **man** who is characterized by being **perishable**. Alternate translation: “that are similar to corruptible humanity” or “that represent humans who decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 osrt figs-possession καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is using these possessive forms to further describe **a likeness** that the ungodly and unrighteous people make. Alternate translation: “and likenesses that resemble birds, four-footed animals, and creeping creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 24 fvv6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore Here, **Therefore** introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of rejecting the glory of God in [1:23](../01/23.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **lusts**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation (remove comma after **uncleanness**): “God allowed them to deeply lust, which caused them to live impurely and” or “God permits them to become controlled by what they desire to lust after, leading them to live impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **hearts** that are characterized by **lusts**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “lustful” instead of the noun **lusts**. Alternate translation: “their lustful hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 24 le2o figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could lust. He means that the desires or affections or inner beings of these people are controlled by lust. If your readers would not understand what **the lusts of their hearts** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to lustfully desire bringing” or “to lust deep within causing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 l804 figs-metonymy τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s desires or inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their desires” or “intheir inner beings” or “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 24 rkou grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of indulging in **the lusts of their hearts**. Use natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “causing them to become spiritually unclean” or “resulting in living impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 24 g0r4 figs-metaphor εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **uncleanness** as if were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure through sexual immorality. If your readers would not understand what **uncleanness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to become spiritually impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 puad grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1 Paul is emphasizing the way these people expressed **their lusts** and **uncleanness**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Here, **to dishonor** could refer to: (1) a description of their **uncleanness**. Alternate translation: “by dishonoring” or “causing them to disrespect” (2) the purpose for which *God gave them over**. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” or “so that they failed to respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause, Paul is referring sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they committed sexually immoral acts” or “by indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 25 dv6h figs-metaphor οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 they Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See [1:23](../01/23.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 25 koee figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **lie** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God and what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-possession τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who worshiped and served the creation Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **God** and **the truth**. Here, **the truth of God** could refer to: (1) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “God’s truth” (2) the truth that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 25 v89u grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 instead of Here, **and** indicates that what follows is something else important about these ungodly and unrighteous people. In this context, **and** could refer to: (1) a marker of equivalence. Alternate translation: “in other words they” (2) a marker of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 25 bl7p figs-doublet ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that these people totally rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They reverently worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 1 25 x3t4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast παρὰ 1 What follows the word **instead** here is in contrast to what should be true, that all people would worship the true **God** who created them. Instead, these ungodly and unrighteous people worship what **God** created. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “in place of” or “rather than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 25 xrsa figs-distinguish ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the Creator**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **the Creator**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who should be praised forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 25 m8zg translate-blessing ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 After naming **the Creator**, Paul adds a blessing. This is to reinforce how false the worship of these ungodly and unrighteous people is. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may he be blessed forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the God that should be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 26 sk6f 0 See [1:24](../01/24.md) for how you translated the parallel words and ideas. ROM 1 26 jb2g grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **For this reason** introduces a result clause. In [1:26-32](../01/26.md), Paul states the results of rejecting the true God and worshiping idols. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “This is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **passions of dishonor** with a verbal phrase or another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by indulging in sexually immoral activity” or “passionately dishonor themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 26 j4ni grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 for their women Here, **for** indicates that what follows in [1:26-27](../01/26.md) describes what **passions of dishonor** are. Alternate translation: “in other words,” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 26 v7d2 αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 See [1:25](../01/25.md) for parallel language that indicates a connection between rejecting “the truth of God” and “Creator” and here accepting things **contrary to nature**. ROM 1 26 jqyi figs-metaphor μετήλλαξαν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these females as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped having natural sexual relations with males and began having sexual relations with females (See [1:24](../01/24.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “these females stopped engaging in sexual activity with males and began engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul is referring to female homosexual activity as **relations** that are **contrary to nature**. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males for sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 26 hc1q figs-abstractnouns τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **relations** and **nature** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “natural sexual relationships for unnatural sexual relationships” or “how God intended them to engage in sexual activity for sexual activity that God did not intend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 ji3l grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες 1 This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “even the males stop engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. Alternate translation: “associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 ylj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “by passionately desiring each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless” ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original, the word order is different, emphasizing **the penalty**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to emphasize **the penalty they deserved for their error**. Alternate translation: “and the penalty they deserved for their error they received in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of their **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 27 raet figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the penalty** for homosexual activity as if it were something that could happen inside of them. If your readers would not understand what **receiving in themselves** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 bysh figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῖς 1 Paul uses the word **themselves** to emphasize how serious **the penalty** for homosexual activity is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “their very own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 1 27 x6fz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the penalty** in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 dbtt figs-distinguish ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the penalty**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “which is required for how they erred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 they … their … them Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if these people could decide to hold him inside their head. He means that they do not care to think about God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “these people consider it useless to recognize that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 28 f53x figs-abstractnouns τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **having God in their awareness** in another way. Alternate translation: “acknowledging that God exists” or “remembering to think about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 28 p8z2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **to a depraved mind** in another way. Alternate translation: “to incline toward things God disapproves” or “to inwardly perceive worthless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-extrainfo τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 By **those things that are not proper**, Paul implies that **those things** are what follows in [1:29-31](../01/29.md). Since this expression is explained in the next verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-litany 0 They have been filled with Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas in [1:29-31](../01/29.md) to show how depraved these ungodly and unrighteous people have become. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of “the things that are not proper” of which the ungodly and unrighteous people in [1:18-28](../01/18.md) are guilty. Paul goes on to say in [1:32](../01/32.md) that people “who practice such things are deserving of death.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 29 pkrd figs-possession μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe traits that characterize these ungodly and unrighteous people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjectives instead of the nouns. Alternate translation: “they are fully envious, murderous, argumentative, deceptive, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 30 f4a0 grammar-collectivenouns κακῶν 1 The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 31 rtic figs-ellipsis ἀνελεήμονας 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 32 ytu6 τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that those who practice such things Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-possession ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 32 jbu5 figs-explicit οὐ μόνον…ποιοῦσιν 1 The implication is that the people who **do these things** are the same as **They**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they not only do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 32 abwy grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καὶ 1 What follows the words **but also** here is in contrast to what was expected, that these evil people would be ashamed of their actions, not proud of them. Instead, these evil people even dare to **approve of** evil behavior. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead they even” or “surprisingly they even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “Therefore you are without excuse”<br><br>This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Doers of the Law”<br><br>Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God’s commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Hypothetical Situation<br><br>In context, “he will give eternal life” in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.<br><br>Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the “letter” of the law but cannot follow the “spirit” or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You who judge”<br><br>At times, You can translate this in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to “people who judge” he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as “those who judge (and everyone judges).” ROM 2 1 y6ts grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **Therefore** marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior Paul describes in [Romans 1:18–32](../01/18.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 1 d7pj grammar-collectivenouns εἶ…κρίνεις…σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις…πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων 1 Therefore you are without excuse Here, **you** is a singular pronoun that refers to all of humanity in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you Here, **O man** is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 1 x3mi grammar-collectivenouns ἄνθρωπε 1 you are Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul gives the reasons why **anyone who judges** is at the same time condemning themselves. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or anytime a person might judge another. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 1 ybp2 writing-pronouns τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself The pronoun **another** refers to any other person. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 1 bzjp figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize the surprising truth that judging others is self-condemning. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this surprise. Alternate translation: “you are self-condemned” or “you really judge yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 1 nz11 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. Alternate translation: “this is because” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 1 uwwz figs-parallelism ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις; τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων. 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to emphasize that these judgmental people are self-condemned. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “indeed, judging other people is self-condemning because you do exactly what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 1 wumc writing-pronouns τὰ…αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **the same things** is a pronoun that refers to acts for which people judge one another. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 2 rgw4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 those who practice such things Here, **But** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church of Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 But we know Here, **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 2 2 pv7q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of what **we know**. Use a natural way in your language to mark the beginning of an explanation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **judgment** and **truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “when God judges it is always trustworthy” or “how God judges is based on what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 2 qca8 figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 2 c9or figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 2 q98t figs-aside ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express his negative evaluation of the judgmental “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you can continue his address to the “man” in the second person. Alternate translation: “upon you who practice such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 2 2 e3fq figs-metaphor ἐπὶ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it could be placed on top of these people. He means that God’s judgment is against or attacking or looming over these people. If your readers would not understand what **upon** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “against” or “looming over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 2 j46f writing-pronouns τοὺς…πράσσοντας 1 The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general (See [1:32](../01/32/.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 2 mjao writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 The pronoun **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 3 zwg7 figs-rquestion λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 person Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 3 ijd6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 consider this Here, **But** indicates that what follows resumes Paul’s rebuke of the judgmental **man** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 3 jct9 writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the final clause of this verse **that you will escape from the judgment of God**. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize or make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 3 rk75 figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things Here, **O man** is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race (See 2:1](../02/01.md)). Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 3 ysys figs-infostructure ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, when you judge those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-parallelism ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? These two phrases **those who are practicing such things** and **you are doing the same things** have the same meaning. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the hypocrisy of these judgmental people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who keeps doing the same things you judge others for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 3 mo4p writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτά 1 The pronouns **such things** and **the same things** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **the same things** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … the same improper” or “these kinds of evil things … the same evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person that someone could run away from. Paul means that God’s judgment is decisive and final. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God will not decisively judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 3 n94u grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι σὺ 1 Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of what this **man** is thinking. You could use natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “that you actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 3 h47v figs-abstractnouns σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “you can escape when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 3 mawi figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 3 hpej figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should actually know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **his kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** relates to **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the pronoun **his** and the noun **God**, or express this idea another way. Alternate translation: “God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” or “ of how kind, lenient, and calm God is … since God is so kind, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 4 u0io grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 5 t8pv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to how these judgmental people should respond to God’s “kindness” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)). Instead, their lack of repentance ensures that God will finally judge them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s will or inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will” or “inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 2 5 nbyc figs-abstractnouns θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **wrath**, **revelation**, **and judgment** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “God will intensely punish you at the final time when he punishes and reveals how he will judge those who are not right with him” or “you are increasing how intensely God will punish you when he punishes and finally reveals how fairly he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day of wrath** and **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the time God finally punishes and when God reveals how he will justly judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath … of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the two components of the Judgment Day: **wrath** against **unrepentant** people and **righteous judgment** for those who repent. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “on the final day that God will punish unrepentant people and reveal who is righteous” or “when God finally reveals how he punishes the unrepentant and vindicates his righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 5 fnpj figs-possession ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of the revelation** and **of the righteous** and **of God** to describe **the judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verb clause to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 6 frov figs-quotations ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this modified Old Testament quotation (See Septuagint [Psalm 62:13](../psalm/62/13.md)); Proverbs 24:12) as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “‘will pay back to each according to his deeds’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 2 6 ylpm 0 In [2:7-10](../02/06.md), Paul explains what he means that God will **pay back to each according to his deeds**. If your language does not use a colon to indicate that that follows is the explanation of an idea, use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. ROM 2 6 c4dn writing-pronouns ἑκάστῳ 1 will pay back The pronoun **each** refers to every human being. If your readers would not understand this, you could make this referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 6 gj1q figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **deeds** in another way. Alternate translation: “for how they act” or “based on what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 7 rrbf figs-infostructure τοῖς μὲν καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον; 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, according to consistent, good actions–eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 7 ub51 figs-abstractnouns δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility** in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 7 gec6 figs-ellipsis ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 seeking Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 8 dtft figs-parallelism 0 [2:7](../02/07.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do good or obey **unrighteousness**. Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 8 guq1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the people with **good actions** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Instead, these people **obey unrighteousness** (See [1:18](../01/18.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 8 wa6f figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 self-seeking If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **wrath** and **fierce anger** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will intensely punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 8 blwx figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize God’s intense anger toward **those who disobey the truth**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “fierce wrath” or “angry wrath” or “wrathful anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-ellipsis τοῖς…ἐξ 1 wrath A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to those who are from“ or “to those who have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 wrath and fierce anger will come If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun translated **selfish ambition** in another way. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” or “hostile toward God” or “contentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 8 peqf figs-possession ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form **from self ambition**. Here, it could refer to: (1) selfish desire. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” (2) hostility. Alternate translation: “hostile” (3) rivalry. Alternate translation: “contentious” or “factious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 8 m7pm figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 9 tdlu figs-parallelism 0 [2:9](../02/07.md) and [2:10](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do what is **evil** or “good.” Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 9 n7q4 figs-nominaladj τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-merism Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **every human soul** (See the same phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md)). Since the Jews were chosen by God to be his people, they are first to experience God’s **Tribulation and distress** if they do evil, then the **Greek**, who does not know who God is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 2 10 vt1f grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what those who “work the evil” will experience. Instead, those **who work the good** will experience **glory and honor and peace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 10 i9tg figs-abstractnouns δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **peace** in another way (See how you translated [2:7](..02/07.md)). Alternate translation: “God will glorify, and honor, and cause everyone who does what is good to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 10 zg3s figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul is using the adjective **everyone** as a pronoun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “will be to each person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 10 u06j Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md) ROM 2 11 s7a6 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For there is no favoritism with God Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 11 eol0 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **favoritism** in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward a Jewish person than a Greek person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 12 ve06 figs-parallelism ὅσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται; καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing, in slightly different ways, to show that God will punish **as many as have sinned** without “favoritism” (See [2:11](../02/11.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For as many as have sinned will perish and God will judge–whether or not they have God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 12 wkx8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For as many as have sinned Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:12-16](../02/16.md) explains the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” (See [2:11](../02/11/.md)). Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 12 ml3k writing-pronouns ὅσοι…ὅσοι 1 without the law will also perish without the law The pronoun **as many as** is plural and refers to “the Jew” and “the Greek” in [2:9-10](../02/09.md). You could use a way that is natural in your language to make this use of **as many as** explicit. Alternate translation: “all the Jews and Greeks that” or “whatever types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 12 m6cy ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως 1 as many as have sinned Here, **without the law** could refer to: (1) not having God’s law. Alternate translation: “apart from God’s law” or “outside of God’s law” (2) breaking God’s law. Alternate translation: “by acting lawlessly” You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this use of **without the law**. ROM 2 12 qkh4 ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here, **and will perish** could refer to: (1) the eternal destruction of non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them apart from what the law requires” (2) how God will judge the non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will not hold them responsible for what they did not know about his law when he destroys them” Use a natural way in your language to make express this idea. ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-metaphor ἐν νόμῳ 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law**. He means that when they sin they are guilty of breaking the law because they are Jews and know what **the law** requires. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “while knowing what God’s law requires” or “being aware of what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 12 w4cp figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge the Jews according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 12 a0k4 figs-personification διὰ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 13 k32u figs-aside 0 For In [2:13–15](../02/13.md), Paul could be saying these things as an aside in order to further explain the distinction between God’s future judgment against Jews and non-Jews who live sinfully. If this would be confusing in your language, you could indicate this with parentheses or another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 2 13 rqfm figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to distinguish what kind of people God makes right with himself. If saying the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the ideas into one. Alternate translation: “God will only make right with himself those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 13 eg4h figs-metaphor οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God Paul speaks figuratively of **righteous** people as if they are located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, God does not make righteous those who simply hear his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 13 sw8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 13 t28w figs-ellipsis οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 it is not the hearers of the law A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are not righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 13 s4na figs-nominaladj οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 but it is the doers of the law Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are not the people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Instead, God will make righteous those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 14 tktb figs-parallelism ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα, φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 These two phrases **do by nature the things of the law** and **are a law to themselves** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what is truly means to obey God’s law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine these ideas into one. Alternate translation: “When the Gentiles instinctually do what God’s law says, they are actually obeying God’s law, even though they are unaware of what it says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 they do not have the law Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:14–16](../02/14.md) is describing who the “doers of the law” are (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 14 piuw figs-merism ἔθνη 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively, using the term **Gentiles** as a synonym for “the Greek,” and to refer to the part of humanity that is non-Jewish (See [2:9–10](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 14 h53h figs-abstractnouns φύσει…ποιῶσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 14 xped figs-metaphor φύσει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 15 x35c figs-possession τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “the law’s work” or “what the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 15 v60q figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form **be written** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles show that God has revealed deep within them how he requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 15 rsw7 figs-parallelism συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that God has given the Gentiles an inner witness so they can know what his law requires. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “their conscience testifies within them by accusing or defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 15 z28q figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, the **conscience** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires confirms this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 15 o7wt figs-abstractnouns τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conscience** in another way. Alternate translation: “with the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 15 ub8t figs-distinguish καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 2 15 qk53 figs-personification καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 Here, **thoughts** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 16 ep9a figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers know that **Christ Jesus** will represent **God** as judge at the final judgment. Paul also implies that **Christ Jesus** is **God** the Son (See [1:3,9](../01/03.md)), since Paul says **God will judge** and that this will happen **through Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time when God the Son, Christ Jesus, will judge all the things people secretly think. This corresponds to God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 16 c5fp figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God judges** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,5](../02/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God ultimately judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 16 o6kx figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the day** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race. Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “at the time” or “on the Day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 16 lyvd figs-possession τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “human” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “human secrets” or “the things people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 16 gxet figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **secrets** in another way. Alternate translation: “what people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 16 r8hz figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all human beings” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 2 16 xb7t figs-infostructure κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** with which God entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand what **my gospel** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “based on God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 lc6m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **But** marks a new section in [2:17–29] where Paul shows why the Jews cannot escape God’s judgment either. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 17 cnq7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if you call yourself a Jew In [2:17-20](../02/17.md), Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to the Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md) unless otherwise noted. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be God’s people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **name yourself a Jew** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” or “you designate yourself as God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were resting or leaning on God’s **law**. He means that they consider themselves as God’s people because they are descendants of the Jewish people who received God’s **law** from Moses. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rely upon the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “think that obeying God’s law makes you one of God’s people” or “you consider that knowing God’s law makes you Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 18 xn6w grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, 1 because you have been instructed from the law If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 18 l3we figs-ellipsis τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **his** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” or “what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 18 aqbh figs-personification κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could instruct someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “since you have learned what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 19 nk76 figs-rpronouns πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone can guide those who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they are the only people who can clearly see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can spiritual lead others to God’s truth. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a guide to the blind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are the only ones who can spiritually lead others to what God’s law says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are spiritually unaware to what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 19 beop figs-abstractnouns ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guide** in another way. Alternate translation: “can guide the spiritually blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 19 r4on figs-nominaladj τυφλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **blind** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, **light** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a Jewish person who could illuminate **those in darkness**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true to those who are spiritually unaware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 0 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn’t you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal from or another way. Alternate translation: “by breaking the law” or “by transgressing God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 24 end9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is a biblical quotation. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the name of God** to mean **God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Certainly ‘God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, how you Jews behave causes the Gentiles to blaspheme God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](../isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς; ἐὰν δὲ παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς, ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone transgresses God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα, σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 w7u3 figs-ellipsis σὲ τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in [verses 25–27](../02/25.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 28 lfuj figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖός 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, like Abraham did. **Jew** here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 rohy figs-explicit ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 Here, **visibly** refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 28 n34i figs-metonymy ἡ…περιτομή 1 flesh Here Paul uses **circumcision** figuratively to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of **flesh**. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 b6ag figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος 1 The word translated **secretly** refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 u7b6 figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖος 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** figuratively in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../../jer/04/04.md)).If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 29 n4pp figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Here, both occurrences of **in** indicate the means by which something happened. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 kjc9 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, who changes a person’s thoughts and attitude when God saves that person, as in the UST. (2) a person’s spirit, which would require interpreting **in** to refer to a place. Alternate translation: “in one’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 See how you translated **letter** in [verse 27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dlac writing-pronouns οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος 1 in the Spirit The pronoun **whose** refers to **the one who is inwardly a Jew**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that inward Jew’s praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **whose** to indicate who receives **the praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 29 r4gm figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 in the Spirit Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br> * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br> * All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)<br> * Everyone has sinned (3:9–20)<br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 4](../03/04.md) and [10–18](../03/10.md) of this chapter, which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) and [27–31](../03/27.md) Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. You may need to indicate that Paul is asking these questions as if he were a non-Christian Jew responding to his arguments. When Paul asks the rhetorical questions, he is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. When Paul answers those questions, he is speaking as himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this change in speakers with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that both “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” ROM 3 1 a1l0 grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 1 dawv figs-rquestion τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 This verse contains two rhetorical questions connected by **or**. Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the Jew certainly has no advantage, and circumcision certainly has no benefit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 1 b7ls figs-quotemarks τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew advantageous, or how is being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom there is **the advantage**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 eq3o figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Great in every way!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize the value of being Jewish and being circumcised. Paul does not mean that everything about being a Jew and being circumcised is beneficial. If your readers would misunderstand thus, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “Great in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 2 f2fa figs-explicit πρῶτον μὲν…ὅτι 1 Here, **indeed first, that** could indicate that: (1) what follows is the first reason in a list of several reasons why being a Jew is beneficial, in which case Paul does not continue the list in this chapter. Alternate translation: “the first of many benefits is indeed that” or “one benefit is indeed that” (2) what follows is the most important reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “the primary benefit is indeed that” or “the most important thing is indeed that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them with the sayings of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-metonymy τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the sayings of God** could refer to: (1) the entire Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with what God said in the Scriptures” (2) direct speech from God in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with the messages that God announced to them in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 2 qide figs-possession τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the possessive form *of God** could refer to: (1) **sayings** that came from **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings from God” (2) **says** that are about **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 3 mclv grammar-connect-words-phrases τί…εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But some of them were unfaithful! Their unfaithfulness surely cannot nullify the faithfulness of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 3 fd0w figs-quotemarks τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to some Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “The fact that they are unfaithful will not nullify God’s faithful acts, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-possession τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the faithfulness that characterizes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 4 djn7 figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ ἡ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 28 mkxi figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἡ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is one … which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to an “outward” **circumcision** or **Jew**. Instead, a true **Jew** is **inwardly** circumcised **in the Spirit**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 cumm figs-parallelism περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two contrasting clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br><br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Here, **For** introduces Paul’s next rhetorical question. Use a natural way to introduce a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Yet,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way or as an exclamation like the UST. Alternate translation (replace question mark with an exclamation point): “How faithless they are cannot nullify how faithful God is, can it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or with a verbal phrase like the UST. Alternate translation: “God’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found **Instead** here indicates that what follows is a contrast to the idea in the previous verse that unfaithful Jews could “nullify the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always truthful regardless of what people think. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is true” or “may people always declare that God is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **liar**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “every man lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 4 fesk figs-ellipsis πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “let every man be a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 4 hfdf figs-gendernotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 b8gv figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David, a king of Israel. Alternate translation: “just as King David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 f0oq figs-quotemarks ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 As it has been written This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 51:4](../../psa/51/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 **So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../../psa/51/04.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 h0ne figs-you ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 In this sentence, **you** and **your** refer to God and are singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself to be righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 Paul records David using **words** figuratively to describe the things that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 gw3a grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement that Paul made in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If indeed that is true” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 5 putf figs-quotemarks εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 In these sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 5 hjyp grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument that an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God. Then what will we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 ho67 figs-rquestion μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. This sentence is also the answer to the hypothetical question that precedes it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly cannot be unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 5 v30z figs-infostructure εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the hypothetical conditional statement of the first sentence with the rhetorical question of the second sentence. Alternate translation: “if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, then we certainly cannot say that God is unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy τὴν ὀργήν 1 Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I speak based on how human beings perceive things” or “I speak according to mere human reasoning”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this in [verse 4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Here Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing his wrath,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how would he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-rquestion πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to emphasize that **God** could not **judge the world** if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly could not judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here Paul uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in the **world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 htfa 0 General Information: In [verses 7–9](../03/07.md), Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). A note will inform you of the one parenthetic statement within these verses in which Paul interjects his own voice into the argument. ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? **But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in the previous verse. See how you translated this in [verse 5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 c2u5 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose the truth of God through my life abounds to his glory. Then why am I still being judged as a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the idea in [3:3](..03/03/.md) that “unfaithful” Jews could “abolish” “the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command that people are capable of obeying. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always trustworthy despite human perception. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is trustworthy” or “may people always declare that God is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 vkcf grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, every Jew, and by extension, all human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 4 f341 figs-quotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how angry he is when he punishes” or “how furious he is when he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” or “I am not trying to challenge how righteous God is by saying such things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how will he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα…ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who understands These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing thrice, in slightly different ways, to show how damaging the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing thrice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that these people are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι…ἐπίγνωσις 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** and **is** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who can justify and give **knowledge**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God tells in his law what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be declared righteous in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God reveals how to become right with him” or “God makes known the way he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 qkis figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how to become righteous with God” or “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 21 w1qc figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **the righteousness of God** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” See the discussion in the introduction of the chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here, **the Law and the Prophets** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What God says in his law and through his prophets has always testified to his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul refers figuratively to **the Law and the Prophets**, two parts of the Jewish Scriptures, to mean the Jewish Scriptures in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the Jewish Scriptures” or “by the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God witnesses through his law and the prophets how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God” is. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy figs-possession δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 p9gk figs-ellipsis διὰ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to **Jesus Christ**. See the discussion in the introduction of this book and chapter to help determine how you will translate this phrase. Here, **faith of Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness of Jesus Christ” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (3) the Christian faith. Alternate translation: “through the Christian faith” or “the faith related to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all people who continue to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely declares them righteous” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were an Old Testament sacrificial atonement offering. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **presented as a propitiation** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 s7at writing-pronouns ὃν 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for humanity’s sins … how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 z3d0 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus’ faithful sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 25 ze9m figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 ydoj grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God eventually had to demonstrate **his righteousness**. Alternate translation: “because formerly God overlooked humanity’s sins” or “since God passed over the previously committed sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tolerance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God is so lenient”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 27 px29 figs-explicit ἐξεκλείσθη 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical question in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘It is excluded!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has excluded it” or “God does not allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?…διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Through what kind of law is a person made righteous? Is a person made righteous through the works of the law? … a person made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 dpny figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous sentence and in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely through a kind of law! Surely through the works!” or “Surely a person is made righteous through a kind of law! Surely a person is made righteous through works!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Through a law characterized by works? or “By doing what the law requires?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 h9wb figs-explicit οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘No! But through a law of faith.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί 1 **No!** is an exclamation that communicates a strong contrast to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Not at all!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 ynz1 figs-possession διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **faith**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through a law characterized by faith” or “by doing what faith requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq figs-exclusive λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Christian Jews, as indicated in [verse 9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “humankind” or “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God justifies a man” or “that God makes a man righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 s747 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law See how you translated “apart from the law” in [verse 21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form to refer to **the works** that God requires in **the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 hdbq grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 **Or** here indicates that the next two sentences are the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or you Jews might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 29 ineu figs-ellipsis οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Is he not also God of Gentiles? Yes, he is also God of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 m8eo figs-explicit ἐθνῶν…ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 29 ch7p figs-rquestion Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is surely not only the God of Jews! He is surely also the God of Gentiles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 29 rq5m figs-explicit ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Yes, also of Gentiles’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ 1 **Yes** is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Of course!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 qdiu grammar-connect-logic-result εἴπερ 1 This phrase introduces the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that God is also the God of the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “since, indeed” or “we know this is true because, indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God** is the **one** and only true **God** for both Jews and Gentiles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-distinguish ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 This phrase gives us further information about **who** **God** is. It is not making a distinction between the one true **God** and false gods. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through the same faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 3 30 kw62 grammar-collectivenouns περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith The words **circumcision** and **uncircumcision** are singular nouns that refers to groups of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the circumcised people … the uncircumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here Paul uses **the circumcision** figuratively to refer to the Jews by associating them with **circumcision**, and he uses **the uncircumcision** figuratively to refer to the Gentiles by associating them with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people … the non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 26](../03/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 vj40 grammar-connect-words-phrases νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **then** indicates that this sentence is the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you Jews might say, ‘Do we nullify the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 we uphold the law Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express the response that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we surely nullify the law through the same faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of the unbelieving Jews whom Paul is speaking on behalf of. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we Jews then nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 cw0k figs-explicit νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 Here, **nullify the law** means to make **the law** useless or no longer applicable to anyone. Paul is stating that the Jews might worry that he is teaching that the Law of Moses does not have any function at all because God makes people righteous by faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do we make the law useless” or “Do we throw away the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 pjgc figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο! ἀλλὰ νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 In these two sentences Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be! Instead, we establish the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../03/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 31 ppvo figs-exclusive νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to refer to Paul and other Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Christians uphold the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul uses **uphold** figuratively to refer to **the law** as if it were an object that people could hold up high. The meaning of **uphold** here is the opposite meaning of **nullify** earlier in the verse. It could mean: (1) Christians fulfill the requirements of the law by trusting in Jesus, who fulfilled the law for them. Alternate translation: “we fulfill the law by faith” (2) Christians value **the law** and affirm that it is useful. Alternative translation: “we confirm that the law is useful” or “we affirm that the law has value”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br> * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 7–8](../04/07.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>In this chapter Paul continues to develop his argument based on what he wrote in the previous chapter. He explains how God made Abraham, the ancestor of all Jews, righteous a long time before God gave the Jews the Law of Moses. Even Abraham could not become righteous by what he did. Rather, God made Abraham righteous on the basis of Abraham’s faith. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person righteous. People have always become righteous only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, being circumcised never made anyone righteous. In this chapter Paul uses “circumcision” to refer to Jews and “uncircumcision” to refer to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1](../04/01.md), [3](../04/03.md), and [9–10](../04/09.md) Paul continues using rhetorical questions like he did in the previous chapter. He does this in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. ROM 4 1 q7wc 0 Connecting Statement: [Verses 1–12](../04/01.md) are a series of rhetorical questions and answers that Paul uses to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made righteous by God “through faith.” ROM 4 1 gxv3 grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, has surely discovered something!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 rhrp figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 In [verses 1–9](../04/01.md) Paul uses **we** exclusively to speak of himself and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 pmua figs-quotemarks εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα 1 These clauses continue the the statements that a Jew might have to against Paul that began in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of these clauses or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For*** here indicates that what follows is a the reason for the statement in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This must be the case because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that the unbelieving Jew might think that this is actually true. In Paul’s time some Jewish teachers taught that Abraham had a right to boast because of his faith. However, since translating this as if it were true might confuse your readers, it is best to use a hypothetical sentence, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God justified Abraham” or “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works**means “works of the law” as in [3:28](../03/28.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 mefy figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν 1 In this clause Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous clauses and previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘But not before God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Paul is negating the argument that he presented earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not before God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God**. He means that Abraham could not **boast** to God about his **righteousness** if it was **righteous by works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse that Abraham cannot boast “before God.” Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. Alternative translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 3 hih3 figs-rquestion τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the scripture surely says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 g1wz figs-personification τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses **say** figuratively as if **the scripture** were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses **what does the scripture say** to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what is written in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 3 xdtx figs-explicit ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God counted it to him as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 az65 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη 1 it was counted to him as righteousness The pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that **Abraham believed God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was counted” or “his trust in God was counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in verses 4–5 is an explanation of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 Here, **the one who works** refers to a hypothetical person who obeys the laws God gave through Moses and is “made righteous by works” (see [verse 2](../04/02.md)). However, since the meaning of verses 4–5 is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Paul has already concluded that boasting about **works** is excluded in [3:27](../03/27.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “Even if someone would consider Abraham to be right with God by doing what God requires from his people, Abraham still has no reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who works**, Paul is referring to being **made righteous by works** in [4:2](../04/02.md). Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 xo4x κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 Alternate translation: “as a matter of grace … as a matter of obligation” or “as a gift … as an obligation” ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 j3ir figs-explicit τῷ…μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 Here, **the one who does not work** refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 Here, **the one who makes righteous** refers to God. If this would your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../04/03.md)Alternate translation: “God counted his faith as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 Paul uses **David also speaks of** here to introduce a scripture quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/31/01.md), which King David wrote. This occurs in [verses 7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessedness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the man is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessedness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 6 x40j figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 0 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 5 x9y5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of what **makes righteous**. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 zqwl figs-quotemarks μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 This verse is the beginning of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/31/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **Blessed** these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 lq4w figs-abstractnouns ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **lawless deeds** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless things they have done … the sins they have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 7 gm94 figs-exclamations μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 4 7 xesq figs-ellipsis μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Happy are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominaladj μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 7 lq5w figs-possession ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 7 hj2w figs-ellipsis ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 7 hqfm figs-metaphor ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 Paul quotes David using **covered** figuratively to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 8 jjov figs-quotemarks μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/31/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 8 yox7 figs-parallelism μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 This verse means the same thing as the two clauses in the previous verse. Paul the same thing here, in a slightly different way, to emphasize how **Blessed** people are home God forgives for their sins. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How truly blessed is a man whose sin the Lord does certainly not count!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 8 kpfe figs-genericnoun ἀνὴρ 1 Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 4 8 y21b figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 8 jdrm figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ λογίσηται 1 Paul quotes David using **count** figuratively to refer to God remembering or regarding people’s sins after he has forgiven them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does certainly not regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 8 yxh2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul quotes David using them together to emphasize how certain it is that God does not regard people’s sin after he has forgiven them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 4 9 qtgb grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Then** here introduces a result clause. This verse indicates the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 9 g4f6 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “this blessedness is surely upon the circumcision and also upon the uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 alrb figs-explicit ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος 1 Here, **this blessedness** refers to joyful state of those people whom God forgives and makes righteous, as mentioned in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is this blessed state of being forgiven by God” or “is this blessed forgiveness from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 9 jmym figs-metaphor ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν…ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Paul speaks of **blessedness** figuratively as if it were an object that could be put **upon** someone. He means that both circumcised and uncircumcised people can receive the blessing of forgiveness from God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness given to the circumcision … to the uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v grammar-collectivenouns τὴν περιτομὴν…τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 See how you translated these words in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 4 9 mrsm grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 9 w2xt figs-exclusive λέγομεν 1 Here Paul uses **we** exclusively to refer to Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 9 o51f writing-quotations λέγομεν 1 Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness See how you translated the similar clauses in [verses 3](../04/03.md) and [5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 10 trz4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? 1 In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to emphasize that Abraham was made righteous without being circumcised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. You may need to combine these sentences. Alternate translation: “Then you surely know how it was counted to him! You surely know whether it was in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” or “Then you surely know how it was counted to him, whether in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 10 unuf grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 10 uj5i figs-idiom πῶς 1 **How** here means “in what circumstances.” Paul is not asking how God made Abraham righteous, but is asking whether or not Abraham was circumcised when God made him righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 10 bw38 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη…οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ 1 In this verse the pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was Abraham’s faith counted … His faith was not in circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 10 p5rp figs-activepassive πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 10 wbta figs-ellipsis ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here Paul is leaving out some the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Was it counted being in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? It was not counted in circumcision, but in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 10 zj6b figs-abstractnouns ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Paul implies that Abraham is the subject of these sentences. Alternate translation: “While Abraham was circumcised, or while he was uncircumcised? It was not while he was circumcised, but while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 11 unmg figs-abstractnouns περιτομῆς…ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ…δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Alternate translation: “of being circumcised … while being uncircumcised … through being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 11 d564 figs-possession σημεῖον…περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the sign** that is **circumcision**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sign that is circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 11 rjhr figs-distinguish σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the sign of circumcision**. Circumcision is not only a **sign**, but also a **seal**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these clauses clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 11 wm54 figs-possession σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a seal** that proves **the righteousness** to be real. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with a different form. Alternate translation: “a seal that proves the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 11 n31z figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of the righteousness from faith” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 11 zlwg figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 This clause gives us further information about **the faith** that Abraham had. Paul is referring to **the faith** that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 11 mob7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **uncircumcision** as if it were a location someone could be **in**. He means that Abraham was in the state of being uncircumcised. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 11 f5vv grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 11 ue6v figs-metaphor πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 Paul uses **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced **those who believe** in God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of all those who believe through uncircumcision” or “like the father of all those who believe through uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 11 etyl figs-explicit δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 Here the word translated as **through** refers to a going through a time period. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during uncircumcision” or “throughout the time they were uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 11 hm61 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this clause could refer to: (1) the purpose of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “in order that the righteousness would be counted to them” (2) the result of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “resulting in the righteousness being counted to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 11 y88e figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated **counted** in [verses 3–5](../04/03.md) and [9–10](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 11 ehib figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 12 v9bu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here, **and** indicates that what follows is another purpose for God commanding Abraham to be circumcised after he trusted in God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could repeat some of the information from the previous sentence and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and also so that he would be the father of circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 12 u8j3 figs-possession πατέρα περιτομῆς…τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Paul uses **father of circumcision** here figuratively. He means that Abraham is both the physical ancestor and spiritual ancestor of Jewish people who are both physically circumcised and have the “circumcision of the heart,” which Paul refers to in [2:29](../02/29.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual representative of those who are physically and spiritually circumcised … our spiritual representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 12 krkf figs-explicit τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that these two clauses refer to those Jews who are **not only** circumcised in their bodies, but also have the same **faith** in God that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those Jews who are not only circumcised, but who also follow in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here, **follow in the steps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who follow the example of the faith of our father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 12 btrd figs-possession τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faith** that **our father Abraham** had. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 12 u5ur figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews, as in [3:9](..03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of our Jewish father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 12 ykdc figs-explicit ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here, **in uncircumcision** has the same meaning as “through circumcision” stated in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 13 i6xc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here gives the reason why Abraham is the spiritual “father” of both non-Jews and Jews, as stated in [verses 11–12](../04/11.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 13 e0a3 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία…τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **promise** and **heir**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God promised … that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 13 yqxx grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the world translated **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 13 ew13 figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **seed** figuratively to refer to “offspring.” Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 13 ct1f figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 Here **the world** could refer to: (1) all the land of **the world**. Although God had promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham’s descendants, the Jews in Paul’s time understood that this promise included the whole earth. This will indeed take place when Jesus, a descendent of Abraham, rules over the whole world. Alternate expression: “of all the land in the world” (2) the people who live in the world, as in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “of the people who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 4 13 pjyt figs-explicit οὐ…διὰ νόμου…ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 Here the word translated as **through** indicates the means by which God gave ** the promise**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was not by means of the law but by means of the righteousness” or “was not on the basis of the law but on the basis of the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 13 kquo figs-explicit νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 13 iqsm figs-possession δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 14 hba4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that [verses 14–15](../04/14.md) give the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham was given “through the righteousness of faith” and not “through the law,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 14 n0x6 figs-hypo εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose the heirs are from the law, then the faith has been emptied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 4 14 ksui figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι…ἡ πίστις…ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 See how you translated “heir”, **the law**, and **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 14 k4ip figs-explicit κληρονόμοι 1 Here, **heirs** refers to “Abraham” and “his seed” from the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs, Abraham or his seed, are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 14 w977 figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 Here, **from the law** refers to those who try to obey the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs are those who try to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 14 hxvd figs-metaphor κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** would become powerless or useless to make a person righteous if simply obeying**the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “then it would be impossible to become righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 15 v1ow grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that the rest of the verse gives the reason why inheriting God’s promise by obeying the law would nullify faith and the promise, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 15 qma4 figs-personification ὁ…νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person who could produce something. He means that the **law** causes God to punish people because they cannot obey it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the law results in wrath for those who do not obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 15 h1x1 figs-metonymy ὀργὴν 1 See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 4 15 px0m figs-metaphor οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** and **transgression** as if they were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law exists. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present, neither is transgression present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist, transgression also does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 15 t0wx figs-abstractnouns παράβασις 1 See how you translated the same use of this word in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 defl figs-extrainfo ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, **it** refers to **the promise** mentioned later in the verse and introduced in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise is by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 16 nchm figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which someone acquires **the promise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 16 bc5k grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 16 fvax κατὰ χάριν 1 Alternate translation: “by grace” or “on the basis of grace” ROM 4 16 cgpq figs-abstractnouns χάριν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 v8it grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for the promise to be certain” (2) a result clause. Alternate translation: “with the result that the promise might be certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 16 qalp figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 See how you translated this word in [verse 13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 r8ji grammar-collectivenouns παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 4 16 xzsp figs-metaphor παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 16 a4ai figs-distinguish οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 These clauses give us further information about the phrase **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** associated with **the law** and a **seed** associated with **the faith**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with the faith of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 16 ns6r figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 16 qctv figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who are under the law Here, **from the faith of Abraham** refers to those who trust in God the way Abraham did. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has the same faith as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 16 welr figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 Paul uses **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 16 kd6g figs-exclusive πάντων ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us all** refers to **all the seed** and so is inclusive of all believing Jews and non-Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of all believers in God” or “of all of us who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 17 nuj8 figs-infostructure καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 Here Paul interrupts the sentence he began in the previous verse and inserts these two clauses in order to support his argument. If this would confuse your readers, you could mark these clauses in a way that shows they are inserted into the middle of a sentence, as in the UST. You could also move these clauses to the end of the verse so that they do not divide the main sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 17 ibwm figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 17 iju4 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 17:5](../../gen/17/05.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 17 sjm0 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by Moses. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 17 peaf figs-quotemarks πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you In this clause Paul quotes [Genesis 17:5](../../gen/17/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 17 mxm5 writing-pronouns τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν 1 I have made you The pronoun **I** refers to **God**, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 17 n6l7 figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul quotes God using **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise **many nations**. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large amount of people from **many nations** who trust in God like Abraham. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 17 ifwu figs-metaphor κατέναντι…Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses **in the presence of** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were physically present with **God**. Paul means that **God** personally considers Abraham to represent the believers that come from **many nations**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to what God thinks” or “in God’s view” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 17 s67j figs-distinguish οὗ ἐπίστευσεν…τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 These clauses give further information about **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer by making new sentences or by another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the God whom he trusted. It is this God who makes the dead live and calls the things not existing as existing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 17 tg2e figs-metaphor καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the things not existing** as if **God** were calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by commanding them to exist, as Moses describes in [Genesis 1:3–27](../../gen/01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things that did not previously exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 18 emih writing-pronouns ὃς…αὐτὸν…σου 1 The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-idiom ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope Here, **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless, he believed on the basis of hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 18 auah figs-abstractnouns ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope*, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully believed although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 18 n62i figs-abstractnouns ἐπίστευσεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 18 bs6y grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the result of Abraham believing **on the basis of hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “which resulted in him becoming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 18 qbdq figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 18 b92q writing-quotations τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told Here Paul uses **what was said** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:5](../../gen/15/05.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 18 cryi figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was spoken by God. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 18 i2ev figs-metaphor τὸ σπέρμα 1 See how you translated **seed** in [verse 16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 ycte figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ἤδη νενεκρωμένον, ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “He considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—but he was not weakening in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 4 19 s6u1 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s faith as if it were something that a person could be **weakening in**. He means that Abraham kept trusting God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not ceasing to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 b3w6 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 19 bn9k figs-metaphor ἤδη νενεκρωμένον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was **dead**. Paul means that Abraham knew he was too old to produce a child. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unable to father a child” or “useless for procreating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 bfsr writing-background ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων 1 Here Paul provides background information about Abraham’s age to help his readers understand why Abraham **considered his own body as already being dead**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “since he was about one hundred years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ROM 4 19 hro2 figs-ellipsis τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he also considered the deadness of the womb of Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 19 ghhm figs-abstractnouns τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deadness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that the womb of Sarah was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 19 qil5 figs-metaphor τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Sarah’s **womb** as if it were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive children. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “that Sarah could not bear children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 yx92 figs-explicit τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Paul assumes that his readers would know that Sarah had been unable to become pregnant throughout her life, as described in the Old Testament book of Genesis. This fact makes Abraham’s faith even more amazing. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the story of Abraham and Sarah, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, since she could never become pregnant before” or “ the deadness of the womb of Sarah, which had always been dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 20 qn5h figs-infostructure εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 20 kicf grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 20 o3zu figs-explicit εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The word translated as **toward** could also mean “with regard to” or “regarding.” If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with regard to the promise of God” or “regarding the promise of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 20 qcod figs-possession τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promise that came from God” or “the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 20 wgmc figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief Here, **did not waver** and **unbelief** form a double negative expression. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not waver in belief” or “his belief did not waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 4 20 th2x figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the unbelief** and **the faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God strengthened him in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 20 a4g4 figs-metaphor ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something that a person could be **strengthened in**. He means that God enabled Abraham to continue trusting him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was enabled to keep on trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 20 ew3r figs-abstractnouns δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 21 y2sh grammar-connect-logic-result πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God fully convinced him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 21 plbf writing-pronouns ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 21 j12r writing-pronouns ὃ ἐπήγγελται 1 Here, **what he had promised** refers to the promise Paul describes in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 22 ympp grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ καὶ 1 Here, **therefore** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “And this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 22 wlnh figs-quotemarks ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness See how you translated this in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 zdc0 figs-infostructure οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases and combine them. Alternate translation: “Now the phrase ‘it was counted to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 23 r65c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ 1 only for his benefit The pronouns **his** and **him** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 23 bfiw figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses wrote the quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses did not write it only for Abraham’s sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 bmlm δι’ αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for him” or “regarding him” ROM 4 23 ae1u figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ, 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 23 jft0 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 for us Here, **our** and **whom** refer to all **those who believe** in **Jesus**. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us believers who are about to be counted, to we who believe in the one who raised from the dead ones Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 24 ffdm δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 See how you translated “for his sake” in the previous verse. ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is about to count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 bu1m writing-pronouns μέλλει 1 Here the pronoun **it** refers to the “faith” mentioned in [verses 5](../04/05) and [20](../04/20). Previously **it** referred to Abraham’s faith, but in this verse **it** refers to **our** faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our faith is about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 24 mujr λογίζεσθαι 1 See how you translated **counted** in the previous verse. ROM 4 24 artt figs-explicit τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 24 i6vl figs-idiom ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 24 iq69 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 25 irue writing-pronouns ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here the pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all “those who believe” in him, as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … we believers’ … the justification of us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up … God raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 25 b999 figs-metaphor ὃς παρεδόθη 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were a thing that could be **given up** to another person. Paul means that God allowed people to arrest and kill Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who was allowed to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 25 imvc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 25 gmbd figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 25 hzop grammar-connect-logic-goal διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br> * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br> * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)<br> * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br><br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 grammar-connect-logic-result 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been made right with God by trusting in him” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since God makes us right with himself by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:1-5](../05/01.md) is a new section that describes the results of being made right with God. Alternate translation (remove comma): “As a result of having been made right” or “So then, if we have been made right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 1 xott figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous when we trust him” or “since God justifies us through trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 1 wbwx figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 1 p11y figs-possession εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 1 hi12 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we can live safely” or “let us live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 1 o2yr figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can or must live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what **have peace** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “let us try to live peacefully” or “we must live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 1 kjpb figs-imperative ἔχωμεν 1 The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν 1 we … our The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 1 xaeg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 2 du8b figs-distinguish δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand This phrase gives us further information about how Jesus helps the believer. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην…ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 2 i50u figs-exclusive καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα 1 Unless otherwise noted, the pronoun **we** and its other forms (“us” or “our”) refer inclusively to all believers in Christ in chapter 5. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 2 af0n figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and where someone could stand. He means that by trusting in Jesus it allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand what **grace in which we stand** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 2 fsqg figs-litany καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases in [5:2–4](..05/02.md) to show how powerful **hope** is. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the ways Christians can “boast in the hope of the glory of God**. Paul goes on to say in [5:5](../05/05.md) that “hope does not disappoint.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that express reasons to **hope**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) ROM 5 2 dxcu figs-metaphor καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person about whom someone could **boast**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we assuredly boast” or “let us hopefully rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 2 zp5p figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using possessive forms to describe how **glory** relates **God**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Here, **of the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live (See [3:23](../03/23.md)). Alternate translation: “of sharing again in the glory God gave us” or “experiencing the glory that comes from God” (2) glorifying God (See also [5:11](../05/11.md) for **glory** and **boast**)). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” or “of God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 3 q5p7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα 1 Not only this What follows the words **And not only this, but also** here is in contrast to what would be an expected response to **sufferings**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only can we boast in the hope of the glory of God, but we can even boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 3 xho9 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because we also know that suffering brings about endurance, we boast in our sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 3 c644 figs-personification καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 Here, **sufferings** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person about whom someone could **boast** (See [5:2](..05/02.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we suffer” or “let us rejoice even if we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 3 c0rl figs-abstractnouns ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν…ἡ θλῖψις…ὑπομονὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **suffering** and **endurance**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “when we suffer … when we suffer … a way to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 4 w7c2 figs-ellipsis ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 3 lo57 figs-metaphor ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **endurance** as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when a Christian trusts in God while **suffering**, he develops within them the character quality of **endurance**. If your readers would not understand what **brings about endurance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when we suffer God uses it to teach us how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 4 dt8w figs-abstractnouns ἡ …ὑπομονὴ…ἐλπίδα 1 See how you translated **endurance** in [5:3](../05/03.md) and **hope** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 4 gjvh figs-abstractnouns δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 5 u4xh grammar-connect-logic-result ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου , τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us–hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 5 rctz figs-explicit ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς 1 The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 5 zp3q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **disappoint**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “being confident that we will once again live in the glorious way God intended, we are not disappointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were a something that could be **poured** out of a pitcher, and **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who God has given us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 5 dc95 figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul says that “the Holy Spirit” did it. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, poured out God’s love deep within us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 5 oufg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in Christ. Here it the **Holy Spirit** who pours out **the love of God** in the believer’s **heart** (See [Acts 2:17, 18, 33; 10:45; Titus 3:6] where both the Father and Jesus are agents in the giving or pouring out of **the Holy Spirit**)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 5 clmb figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **love** relates to **God**. Use a natural way to express this relationship. Here, **the love of God** could refer to: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “God’s love” or “God’s love for us” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “love for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 5 glt1 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their inner beings” or “out deep within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 6 gj4r figs-parallelism ἔτι γὰρ Χριστὸς, ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν ἔτι, κατὰ καιρὸν ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 These two phrases **being weak** and **the ungodly** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why **Christ** needed to die. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Indeed, while we were still weak and ungodly, at just the right time Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 5 6 x5eg grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 we Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [5:6–8](../05/06.md) explains “the love of God” in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 6 xqr3 figs-ellipsis ἔτι …ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 6 lhy1 figs-idiom κατὰ καιρὸν 1 Here, the term **at the right time** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “in its proper season.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at God’s chosen time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 5 6 xl85 figs-distinguish ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 Here, **Christ died for the ungodly** gives us further information about what “the love of God” means in [5:5](../05/05.md). Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending **Christ* to sacrificially die for their sake (See “blood” in [5:9](../05/09.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “died for the sake of godless ones” or “died on behalf of ungodly people” or “died in the place of those who are ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 6 wc38 figs-nominaladj ἀσεβῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people, in this case, **we**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “ungodly people” or “those who are godless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 7 o92c figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how undeserving it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See [5:6](..05/06.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “It would certainly be rare for anyone to die on behalf of a righteous or good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 5 7 xv5w figs-aside 0 For one will hardly die for a righteous man Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express how amazing it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See [5:6](..05/06.md)). If this would be confusing in your language, you can place this verse in parentheses or use some other way that is natural in your language for indicating an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 5 7 h089 figs-hypo μόλις γὰρ…τις ἀποθανεῖται…γὰρ …τάχα 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize how rare it is for someone dying on behalf of another. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let us consider how rare it would be for someone to die … let us suppose that just maybe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 5 7 x036 writing-pronouns τις…τις 1 The pronoun **someone** refers to a hypothetical person that might **die** for someone else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 7 mqyq writing-pronouns καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a dare or challenge to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand what **dare to die** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 8 ednw grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that **Christ** would die for godly people. Instead, Christ died for **sinners**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 8 qh0h figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῦ 1 Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 5 8 vh6y figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 8 fel5 figs-infostructure ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “by the fact that Christ died for us, even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 5 8 c8vd figs-distinguish ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν 1 This phrase gives us further information about how much love God has for his people. Paul is pointing out how undeserving God’s people are of **his own love**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in this way: even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 8 oz1w figs-ellipsis ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete (See also [5:6](../05/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 8 w7hy figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **sinners** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 9 vnxd grammar-connect-logic-result πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς 1 Here, **then** introduces a result clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As a result, how much more now will we be saved from the wrath, since we have been made righteous by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 9 tewt grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον 1 Here, **Much more then** strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of **having been made right** with God. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 9 x9yi figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες…σωθησόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did the actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God has made us right with himself … God will save us” or “God has justified … God will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 blood Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death (See the same phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the basis of his sacrificial death” or “by his death” or “in his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 9 kmky figs-possession δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how people are **saved**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **through him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” or (2) Jesus’ blood. Alternate translation: “through it” (3) both Jesus and his blood. Alternate translation: “through his blood” or “through Jesus’ blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 9 wsda figs-personification ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς 1 Here, **wrath** is spoken of figuratively as though it were person from whom someone needs to be saved or rescued. Paul means that believers in Christ are saved from experiencing God’s wrath or being punished by God. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from experiencing God’s wrath” or “from being punished by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **wrath**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract phrase **the wrath** in another way. Here, **the wrath** refers to “the day of wrath” (See note at [2:05](../02/05.md) for **the day of wrath**)). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “the Final Punishment” or “from when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 10 wply grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here what follows **For** in [5:10–11](../05/10.md) further explains and summarizes this section about having “peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See [5:1](..05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 10 mz06 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Pau; is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Actually, since when we were enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 5 10 ok87 figs-nominaladj ἐχθροὶ ὄντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **enemies** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “while being people who were God’s enemies” or “while we were hostile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ…καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did these actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God reconciled us to himself … since God reconciled us, he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son Here, **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. Alternate translation: “of God’s Son” or “Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 10 o1m6 grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes that what follows is an important result of **having been reconciled** with **God** (See this phrase in [5:9](../05/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 10 fky8 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ…ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **death** and **life** are spoken of figuratively as though they were people who could reconcile and save someone. Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending **his Son* to sacrificially die for their sake, and that God will save them from eternal death and punishment (See note for “the wrath” in [5:9](../05/09.md) because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because Jesus sacrificially died for our sake … will God save us from eternal death because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 11 a0vk grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ 1 What follows the words **And not only this, but also** emphasizes that it is not only what God has done for his people in Christ that is important (See the same phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md)), but that **we also boast in God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only will we be saved by his life, but we should also continue to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 11 zp36 figs-metaphor καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ **boast** about how great God is. If your readers would not understand what **boast in God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we also boast about how great God is” or “boast because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 11 x3wh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 11 r0zj figs-distinguish δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν 1 This clause summarizes how Jesus saves the believer (See [5:1–2](../05/01.md) for similar wording)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer by starting a new sentence or some other way. Alternate translation (replace previous comma with a period): “It is through the death of Lord Jesus Christ on our behalf that we become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 11 xjes figs-abstractnouns νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we have now become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 12 k1xa figs-parallelism 0 This verse communicates similar ideas. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the widespread effects of **sin** and **death*. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason, one man caused sin and then death to enter the world; and death and then sin spread throughout the human race” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 5 12 hjx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. Alternate translation: “For this reason” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν 1 through one man sin entered … death entered through sin Here, **sin** and **death** are spoken of figuratively as though they were persons who could travel to different places. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because one man sinned, he would die. All human beings born after that one man would die too because of the effects of his sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 12 pa8s figs-explicit δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 The implication is that the **one man** is Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, since “Adam” is not mentioned until [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the one man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 12 a7ml writing-symlanguage δι’ ἑνὸς 1 The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) ROM 5 12 smc2 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος…ὁ θάνατος 1 Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **sin** and **death**. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract phrases **the sin** and **the death** in another way. Here, **the sin** and **the death** mean “death ruled” and “sin ruled” (See [5:14,21](..05/14/.md)). Alternate translation: “the power of sin … the power of sin, the power of death … the power of death” or “the dominion of sin … the dominion of sin, the dominion of death … the dominion of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 12 uxcs figs-ellipsis διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the death entered the world through the sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 12 l7wr grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὕτως 1 Here, **so** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “so then also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 12 xhbv figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 5 12 jy25 writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ᾧ 1 The phrase translated **concerning which** is a singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly (See also the introductory notes at the beginning of this chapter). The pronoun **which** could refer to: (1) **death**. Alternate translation: “because of this death” or “concerning this death” (2) the effect of **sin** and **death**. Alternate translation: “because of the dominion of sin and death” or “concerning the dominion of sin and death” (3) **the one man**. Alternate translation: “because of the one man” or “concerning the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 12 si2i writing-pronouns πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 13 pkzc figs-aside 0 In [5:13–17](../05/13.md), Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to explain the relationship between **law** and **sin** and **death**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use parentheses or some other way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 5 13 e6bx figs-ellipsis ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 13 at4i grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why death caused **sin** until “the law came in so that the trespass might increase” (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 13 w185 figs-possession ἄχρι…νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the time period **until** relates to **law**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **until** could refer to: (1) the time until **law** was given. Alternate translation: “For up to the time God gave his law to the Jews … since God’s law did not exist” (2) the whole time the law was in effect until Christ came. Alternate translation: “until the end of the law … when the law was no longer in effect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 13 v51t figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated **sin** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 13 uyd4 figs-personification ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ 1 Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 13 izno grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that God would count sin against people. Instead, **sin** has no legal consequences until **the law** is given. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-activepassive ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται 2 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not reckon it as sinning” or “God did not impute it as sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 14 ev8a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Nevertheless, death What follows the word **Nevertheless** here is in contrast to what was expected, that since there was no law, there would be no consequences for doing what is wrong. Instead, Paul restates that **death** is the problem for humanity, not breaking the law God gave to his people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Although this is true” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king. Paul means that every person was under the control of **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all humans came under the control of death” or “no human could escape dying” or “human life inevitably ended in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 14 u66m figs-abstractnouns ὁ θάνατος 1 See how you translated **death** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 14 pdrh figs-merism ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 5 14 w24g figs-distinguish καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 This phrase gives us further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey in the same way as Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 14 skns figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Adam transgressed, who typifies the coming one” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who patterns he who will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 14 k2w7 figs-possession ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Adam’s” instead of the noun “Adam,” or you could use a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression” or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 14 e4ze figs-metaphor Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Adam** as if he were a model or shape or drawing. Paul means that **Adam** represents humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a pattern** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of he who is coming” or “Adam, who models the coming one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 14 mu4s figs-possession τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **pattern** relates to **the one who is coming**. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who will come in the future (See [5:15](../05/15.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 xodg grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, what follows **But** contrasts **the trespass** with **the gift**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 15 x37x figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 15 sful grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 yxej grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 5 15 kdhb figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that comes from **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “one man’s” instead of the adjective “one” or a verb form. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 mm6y figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam (See [5:14](../05/14.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 15 e9me figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 15 h6c3 grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ** (See how you translated this phrase in [5:10](../05/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 ejxz figs-possession ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God,” or another way. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 wn36 figs-possession τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the grace** relates to **the one man** Jesus Christ. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 fuyz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Θεοῦ…Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers **by the grace of God** and **Jesus Christ**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 15 lydx figs-possession τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **grace** relates to **the one man, Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way to express this idea. Here, **grace** could refer to: (1) grace through Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes through the one man, Jesus Christ” (2) grace from Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes from the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 tfhj figs-infostructure ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 5 16 ns9a grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα; τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 16 uh4x grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 followed many trespasses What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 17 n5zx grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas)). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 17 mhtc grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 5 17 lcyd figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 17 whbf figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 See how you translated these nominal adjectives in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 17 yvq5 figs-abstractnouns τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how excessively kind God is and how he gives people a right relationship with him … by living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled See how you translated this phrase in [5:14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 17 lf7t grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 17 hfvt figs-infostructure ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “because of the one man Jesus Christ will … reign in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 5 17 xy6h figs-metaphor οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings in a location called **life**. He means that they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** and live eternally. If your readers would not understand what **rule in life** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness rule and live eternally” or “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness live as kings forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 17 nr25 figs-distinguish οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 17 o8c3 figs-possession οἱ…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “those who receive the gift of being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 17 fodc figs-possession οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος…λαμβάνοντες 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that comes from **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “abundant” instead of the noun “abundance” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 18 e7cq figs-ellipsis εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν διὰ τοῦ ἑνός, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, just as one man trespassed and this caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteous and this caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 18 mccf grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 Here, **So then** indicates that what follows in [5:18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [5:12–17](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Finally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 18 z0jq figs-abstractnouns παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαιώματος…δικαίωσιν 1 See how you translated these abstracts nouns in [4:25; 5:16](../04/25.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 18 n8pr figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους…πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated this word in [5:12](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “all humanity … all humanity” or “all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 5 18 bcm2 figs-possession δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **justification** relates to **life**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” or “eternal justification” or “justification which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 18 bmey figs-explicit ζωῆς 1 Here the implication is that **life** refers to “eternal life” (See “rule in life” in [5:17](../05/17.md) and [2:7](../02/07.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 19 zp4r figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between Adam and Christ. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 5 19 hj69 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ γὰρ 1 Here, **For just as** links what follows by using wording that is similar to the beginning of [5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way, as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 19 z8r8 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **disobedience** and **obedience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because the one man Adam disobeyed … because the one man Jesus obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 19 qpsm figs-explicit τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 The implication is that **one man** refers to “Adam” and **the one** refers to “Jesus Christ” (See [5:14–15](../05/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the one man Adam … the one man Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” appointed this to happen. Alternate translation: “God appointed the many people as sinful … God will appoint the many people as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 19 huig figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλοὶ …οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι …οἱ πολλοί 1 Paul is using the adjectives **many**, **sinners**, and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe groups of people (See how you translated **many** in [5:15](../05/15.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many…sinful people…many…righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 20 zsxd grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows in [5:20–21](..05/20.md) links how **sin** and **grace** relate. Alternate translation: “Not only that, but when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 20 ttcw figs-abstractnouns νόμος…τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns: **law** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), **trespass** in [5:15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [5:15;17](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **came in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed (See Galatians 2:4; Jude 1:4](../gal/02/04.md), Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 20 relk figs-metaphor πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass*, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 20 wbh3 ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα 1 Use a natural way in your language for expressing the ideas of result or purpose. This clause could refer to: (1) the result of God’s purpose of giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “causing how much people trespass what God commands to increase” (2) God’s purpose in giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to expose how much people trespass what God commands” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of his giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “to cause an increase in how much people trespass” ROM 5 20 k6da grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that the God’s **grace** actually became more evident when **sin increased**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 20 godn figs-metaphor οὗ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. Here, **where** indicates the influence or power of **sin** and **grace**. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whatever ways” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 21 ycy7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “so then” or “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 as sin ruled in death Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king of a place called **death**. Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a prince ruling on behalf of a king called **grace**. Paul means that **sin** causes everyone to die, and God’s **grace** allows people to become righteous, so they can live eternally. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as living sinfully causes death, the same is true for how gracious God is, that by making people right with himself they can live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 21 leu9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns: **sin** in [5:20](../05/20.md), **death** and **righteousness** in [5:17](../05/17.md), **grace** in [5:20](../05/20.md), and **everlasting life** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 21 pygl grammar-connect-logic-goal οὕτως 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God revealed his **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” or “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 5 21 j9lf figs-parallelism διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that the **righteousness** of **Jesus Christ** is how **grace** rules (See also [5:17](../05/17.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “leading to everlasting life through how Jesus Christ our Lord makes people righteous” or “bringing eternal life by how righteous Jesus Christ our Lord is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br> * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br> * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br><br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br><br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br><br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul is using rhetorical questions in [6:1–3](../06/01.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that people should keep sinning so that God will be more gracious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 1 fxgw grammar-connect-words-phrases τί οὖν 1 Here, **What then** marks a change in topic in [6:1–11](../06/01.md), where Paul teaches about the connection between Christian baptism and union with Christ’s death and resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν 1 we say When Paul says **we** the first time, he is speaking of himself and the other apostles, so **we** would be exclusive (See the similar language in [3:8](../03/08.md)). However, when Paul says **we** the second time, he seems to be including all “who were baptized into Christ Jesus” (See [6:3](../06/03.md), so the second use of **we** would be inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we apostles say? Should we believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 6 1 sa16 figs-metaphor ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a location. He means that Christians should no longer **continue** to live sinfully. He also speaks figuratively of **grace** as though it were a crop (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). He speaks of the power or influence of **grace** expanding in the lives of Christians. If your readers would not understand what **in sin** or **increase** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully so that we can experience more of how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 1 ju6f figs-quotations ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an exclamatory direct quotation. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “‘Should we continue in sin so that grace may increase?!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 6 1 ngpt figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns: **sin** and **grace** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 1 rsny figs-declarative ἐπιμένωμεν 1 Paul could be using the question form, **Should we**, as an exclamation that communicates an appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for making an appeal. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “We must” or “Let us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 6 1 f5qt grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which someone would **sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 2 pa6g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 2 rgte figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if were a location where Christians could live or die. He means that for baptized Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **to die to sin** or **live in it** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer dominated by sinning, how could we still live as though we are dominated by sinning” or “Since we are not dominated by sinning anymore, we certainly cannot still live sinfully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 2 gddr figs-exclusive οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν 1 Unless otherwise noted, **we** and “our” are inclusive of all Christians in this chapter. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers who in Christ died” or “We Christians who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 6 3 ok3v grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 3 wh26 writing-pronouns ὅσοι 1 The pronoun **as many as** refers to those people who **were baptized into Christ Jesus**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many people as” or “however many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 3 bd11 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations where someone could **be baptized**. He means that people who are **baptized** as Christians are united to **Christ Jesus** and spiritually share in benefits of **his death**. If your readers would not understand what **baptized into** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “become baptized as a Christians are united to Christ Jesus and also as many as become baptized are united to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 3 jfs4 figs-parallelism ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens when a Christian is **baptized**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “become baptized as Christians are spiritually united to Christ Jesus and spiritually participate in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 3 tcve figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον 1 See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 4 ufp9 figs-parallelism συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 This sentence means the same thing as [6:3](../06/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens in Christian **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Paul speaks figuratively of **baptism** as if it were a burial. He means that in the physical act of going under the water in **baptism**, the Christian ceases to be under the control of eternal **death** (See “died to sin” in [6:2](../06/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **buried** and **baptism into death** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “So then, being baptized represents being buried with Christ in his tomb” or “When we were baptized, we ceased to be controlled by eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 4 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result συνετάφημεν οὖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, to emphasis what results from **baptism**. Alternate translation: “So then, we were buried” or “As a result, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 4 y71v figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον…ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός…ζωῆς 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns: **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 4 k1el grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that we could walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 4 qa7r figs-parallelism ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the link between Christ’s resurrection and the Christian’s new way of **life** after **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would newly live like Christ did when Father gloriously raised him from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 4 dpy2 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Father gloriously resurrected Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 4 t47r figs-idiom ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are” (See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ resurrected from death” or “Christ resurrected from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 ce9z figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 6 4 gblc figs-possession διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that comes from or characterizes **the Father**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Father’s” instead of the noun “Father” or make this explicit another way. Alternate translation: “through the glorious power of the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 4 r3hn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and **Christ** Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3–4, 7](../01/03.md)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “God his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 6 4 gtns figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here, the verb **might walk** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “would live” or “would act.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we might live in new way” or “we would act like new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 x1t4 figs-rpronouns καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Paul uses the phrase **we too** to emphasize the union of the baptized Christian with Christ’s resurrection. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we who are baptized too” or “even we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 6 4 hyab figs-possession ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 4 lvim figs-abstractnouns ἐν καινότητι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 5 p6xk figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul speaks figuratively of **death** and **resurrection** as if they were things to which baptized Christians could be physically attached. He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritually benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day resurrect as he did. If your readers would not understand what **united with** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we participate in Christ’s death through baptism, we will definitely participate in Christ’s life through resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 5 jdzp grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He goes on to conclude that baptized Christians will **certainly be united with** Christ’s **resurrection**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 6 5 xh3z writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…τῆς 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **united** can mean “planted with,” Paul may be figuratively likening the process of burying a seed in the ground with being buried with Christ, and the result of a sprouting plant with Christ’s resurrection. If it would help your readers understand, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we have become planted with” or “have grown together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 5 z8wa figs-abstractnouns τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 5 hg5y figs-abstractnouns τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection The implication is that **likeness of his death** refers to “baptism” (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death through baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 5 ruhn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 5 f1q1 figs-ellipsis τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 6 gv43 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γινώσκοντες 1 our old man was crucified with him Here, **knowing this** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching. Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain of this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 6 rv8u grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι…ἵνα 1 our old man was crucified with him What follows **that** gives the reason why **our old man was crucified**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “the reason why … was in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 6 fhvh figs-activepassive ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 lu12 figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 Paul speaks figuratively of sinful humanity as if it were an **old man** nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled humanity (See [6:12–18](../06/14.md). If your readers would not understand what **old man** or **crucified with him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “on Christ’s cross, God crucified the power of sin that controlled humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 y0ib writing-pronouns συνεσταυρώθη 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Christ (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 6 n6o6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 6 jw00 figs-metaphor καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled or made void. He means that how the human race was controlled by living sinfully was spiritually cancelled by the power Christ’s crucifixion. If your readers would not understand what **body of sin** and **nullified** and **enslaved to sin** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God would completely end how living sinfully controls the human race, and he would free us from how living sinfully enslaves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 jpge figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God nullified how we are dominated by sinning so that living sinfully would no longer control us” or “God canceled the power of sin over our bodies, making us no longer enslaved to living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-possession τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 6 l3zm figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 6 c5ie τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin Use a natural way in your language for expressing a result or purpose clause. This following clause could refer to: (1) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing us to no longer be enslaved to sin” (2) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order that we would no longer be enslaved to sin” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “in order to cause us no longer be enslaved to sin” ROM 6 7 qvmj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 What follows **For** summarizes the ideas in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 7 f893 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀποθανὼν 1 The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 7 hoqm figs-activepassive δεδικαίωται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has declared free” or “God declares is righteous” or “God has vindicated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 7 z81y figs-possession ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **sin** is related to **has been declared righteous**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from being enslaved to sin” or “from sin’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 7 geua figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [6:6](../06/06/md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 8 wwhf figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Paul speaks figuratively of baptized Christians as if they physically died with Christ (See [6:5](../06/05.md)). He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day **live together with him**. If your readers would not understand what **died with Christ** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 8 mbx9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ 1 we have died with Christ In this verse, Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true (See also [6:5](../06/05.md)). Paul has already affirmed that the baptized **have died with Christ** in [6:3–4](../06/03.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 6 8 c724 figs-explicit πιστεύομεν 1 we have died with Christ The implication is that since baptized Christians have **died with Christ**, the result is that they have confidence that will eternally **live together with him**. You could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 8 cg31 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 we have died with Christ Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the result of having **died with Christ**. Alternate translation: “the result is” or “this means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 8 nuc1 figs-explicit καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ 1 we have died with Christ The implication is that **live together with him** refers to “everlasting life” (See [5:21; 6:4–5](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 9 bebx figs-infostructure εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ is not going to die again, because he has been raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 6 9 zdkc grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰδότες ὅτι 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here, **knowing that** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching (See [6:6](../06/06.md) for a similar phrase)). Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 9 gjqq figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead See how you translated the phrase **raised from the dead** in [6:4](../06/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 9 lvv8 figs-parallelism οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 from the dead These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he is not dead anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 9 kl3e figs-abstractnouns θάνατος 1 from the dead See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [6:4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 10 ehi9 writing-pronouns γὰρ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, what follows **For** indicates the reason why Christ “no longer dies” in [6:9](../06/09.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 10 e290 writing-pronouns ὃ…ὃ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here the phrase translated **in that** is a pronoun. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **in that** could refer to: (1) the way Christ died and lives. Alternate translation: “the way that…the way that” or “how … how” (2) Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “the death … the life” (3) the timing of Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “when … now that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 10 aw31 writing-pronouns τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 11 cac8 grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως 1 In the same way, you also must consider This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 11 zjjv writing-pronouns ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [6:11-23](../06/11/.md), the pronoun **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the church at Rome. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you at Rome” or “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 11 qvoj figs-rpronouns λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι 1 In the same way, you also must consider Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how important it is for the church at Rome to personally apply the spiritual benefits of Christ’s death and resurrection to their own lives. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “regard yourselves to be personally” or “reckon yourselves as actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 6 11 yqub figs-imperative λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or a command. Alternate translation: “should consider” or “consider” or “reckon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 dead to sin Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** and **Christ** as if they were locations where Christians could die and live (See also [6:2,10](../06/02.md)). Paul means that for Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). This happens when they are united to **Christ Jesus** in baptism (See [6:3–4](../06/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what **be dead to sin** or **alive to God** or **in Christ Jesus** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer dominated by living sinfully, but people who are spiritually resurrected by God because you are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 12 pp2t grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows is how the church at Rome should respond to the fact that they are “dead to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were king of a place called **mortal body** (See [5:21](../05/21.md)), and who demands obedience. Paul means that Christians should not allow **sin** and **lusts** dominate the way they use their bodies. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you must not allow your physical body to become ruled by sinning, by submitting to lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 12 z7zh figs-imperative μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or command. Alternate translation: “you should not allow sin to be king” or “I urge you, do not to let sin reign like a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body Paul could be referring figuratively to the **body**, one part of the human being, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “over you” or “any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 12 z1ia grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, 1 in your mortal body The word **body** is a singular noun and could emphasize the unity of the individual members of the whole church at Rome. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “over your mortal bodies” or “throughout your whole church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 6 12 r462 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts This phrase indicates what happens when **sin** rules. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **to obey** could refer to: (1) the result of letting **sin rule**. Alternate translation: “causing you to become obedient to lusting sinfully” (2) the way sin rules. Alternate translation: “by obeying how it tempts you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 12 zs9g figs-abstractnouns ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 12 kh3w writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 13 wt07 figs-infostructure μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 6 13 mxto figs-infostructure μηδὲ παριστάνετε…παραστήσατε 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if their body parts were **tools** that could be offered in service or used by someone. He means that the church at Rome should no longer use their body parts for sinning, but instead to live in the way God wants. If your readers would not understand what it means **to present** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “do not offer … offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 13 rnho figs-abstractnouns τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 13 r0ak figs-synecdoche τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 13 qncn figs-possession ὅπλα ἀδικίας…ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe what characterizes these **tools**. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools … as righteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously … as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 13 hlzf ὅπλα…ὅπλα 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **tools** often means “weapons,” Paul could be stressing the spiritual warfare that is involved for the Christian to “not allow sin to rule over” them (See [6:14](../06/14.md)). If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons” ROM 6 13 dz8u figs-possession ὅπλα…ὅπλα 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as tools … as tools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 13 zgd3 figs-parallelism παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 13 oiz0 figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοὺς 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how the church at Rome should commit their whole lives to God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “your whole lives” or “yourselves completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 6 13 px9k figs-simile ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The point of this comparison is that the church at Rome should live in such a way that demonstrates that the reality that they have been baptized, and are now **dead to sin, but alive to God” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because through being baptized you are free from living sinfully” or “because through baptism you are no longer dominated by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 14 u36f grammar-connect-logic-result ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:12](../06/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 14 bl09 figs-declarative ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul is using a future statement to give a command or strong appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command or appeal. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 6 14 caqv grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges the church at Rome not to **allow sin to rule over** them. Alternate translation: “The reason for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 14 a0dz figs-personification οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks figuratively of **law** and **grace** as if they were a kingdoms ruled by **sin** (See [5:17,21](../05/17.md) for a similar idea)). He means that believing and baptized Jewish Christians are freed from the spiritual dominion of the requirements of the **law**, and now they serve the gracious God (See [6:15–23](../06/15.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **under law** and **under grace** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, the law no longer dominates you, but you are freed by how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 14 ypqx figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a rhetorical questions in [6:15–16](../06/15.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See also [6:1–3](../06/01.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that we should keep sinning since the law no longer dominates us, and because we now are freed by how gracious God is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 15 a74y figs-ellipsis τί οὖν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 15 rtts figs-quotations τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation that is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying? ‘We should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” or “What are we saying then? ‘Let us sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 6 15 t4cc figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ χάριν 1 May it never be See how you translated this abstract noun phrase in [6:14](../06/14.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 15 c77g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 16 n5j4 figs-hypo οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “Suppose you present yourselves to someone to obey as slaves. Then you would become slaves to that person you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 6 16 hn6y writing-pronouns ᾧ…ᾧ 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 16 g6zz figs-hypo παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated this similar phrase in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 16 zim4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 16 h0ar figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up obeying either sin or God, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you serve as slaves by sinning, leading you to die, or you serve as slaves by obeying God, leading you to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 16 f595 figs-ellipsis ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whether you present yourselves as slaves of sin leading to death, or you present yourselves as slaves of obedience leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 16 gtzd figs-possession ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 16 cyct ἁμαρτίας…θάνατον…δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:15](../06/15.md), **death** in [6:9](../06/09.md), and **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 16 zfgc grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience These phrases indicate result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading to death … leading to righteousness” or “bringing death … bringing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 17 xj75 figs-exclamations χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ 1 For you were slaves of sin What follows this exclamatory phrase indicates the reason why Paul is thankful **to God**. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-personification δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in [6:16](See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 17 uwcy figs-personification ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 17 g1gn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 For you were slaves of sin What follows the word **but** here is meant to strongly contrast the former sinful life of Christians at Rome. Instead, they now **have obeyed God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 6 17 n3nz writing-pronouns ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin The pronoun **which** refers to **the pattern**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you became willingly obedient to which pattern of teaching you were given” or “you are now fully obedient to that pattern of teaching that others passed down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or motives. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you became wholeheartedly obedient” or “you totally obeyed” or “you obeyed from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 6 17 osck figs-explicit εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin The implication is that **the pattern of teaching** is the apostolic traditions (See note on “we” in [3:8](../03/08.md) and the same verb or noun forms used in [1 Corinthians 11:2; 2 Thessalonians 2:15; 3:6; 2 Timothy 1:13](../1cor/11/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the apostles’ teaching that others orally transmitted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave other apostles to transmit to you” or “that others passed on to you” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 18 fcd1 figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 You have been made free from sin Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey (See [6:16](../06/16.md)). Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up serving either sin or righteousness, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Ever since God freed you being enslaved to living sinfully, you became enslaved to living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε 1 You have been made free from sin If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, he enslaved you” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, he enslaved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 18 twpq ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνῃ 1 You have been made free from sin See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **righteousness** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 19 jlmd grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the weakness of your flesh, I speak as a man” or “Because you are still immature, I have to speak in simple terms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 19 puvh figs-idiom ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, the phrase **as a man** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being” (See a similar phrase in [3:5](../03/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 19 zi2o writing-participants λέγω 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here Paul speaks in the first person again. Use the natural form in your language for referring to an previously mentioned writer. The pronoun **I** reiterates that Paul is the writer of this letter. Since he is an old participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit by using his name. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ROM 6 19 lhh4 figs-nominaladj ἀνθρώπινον 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Paul is using the adjective phrase **as a man** as a noun in order to describe the way he is speaking. He means that he is speaking from a human perspective or with ideas any person could understand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from a human perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 6 19 gt1n figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. …τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how immature you are … body parts … act impurely and increasingly wicked behavior … your body parts … for living rightly in order to live like God’s people should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-idiom τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “how immature you are” or “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 19 bmo7 figs-parallelism ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between being **slaves to uncleanness** and **slaves to righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Paul refers figuratively to **members**, parts of the human body, to mean the whole person (See also [6:13](../06/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “yourselves … yourselves” or “your bodies … your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 19 ka0f figs-imperative νῦν παραστήσατε 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates either an urgent appeal or a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “I beg you” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “you must now use” or “I beg you now to present” or “I urge you now to offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 6 19 o0ta grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 20 s9pk grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **For** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 20 aavw figs-metaphor δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to emphasize the relationship between **sin** and **righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar phrasing to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-personification ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not **slaves** of **righteousness** by serving God‘s purposes (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you did not serve God” or “you were not enslaved to righteousness” or “you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 20 mu0y figs-irony ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were alienated from serving God’s righteous purposes” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ROM 6 21 x3bn grammar-connect-logic-result τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε? τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit then did you have from that of which you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 21 vgam figs-idiom καρπὸν 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, the term **fruit** is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” or “value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 21 pnbm figs-explicit ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? The implication is that **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 21 j2ie figs-abstractnouns τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **outcome**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is because what finally results from those things is death” or “Certainly, those things end in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 22 x8vw grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δέ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God Here what follows **But now** strongly contrasts the way the baptized Christians at Rome used to live as “slaves to sin” (See [6:20](../06/20.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However presently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 6 22 fmtc figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God Here, **sin** and **God** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not serving **God** or “righteousness” (See [6:18](../06/18.md) for a similar phrase)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ever since God freed you from being enslaved to living sinfully, and you began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, and he enslaved you to serve as his slaves” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, and he enslaved you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-idiom ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification See how you translated this idiom in [6:21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 22 a478 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ…τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life See how you translated the abstract nouns **sanctification** in [6:19](../06/19.md), **the outcome** in [6:21](../06/21.md), and **everlasting life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 22 lvhh grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “that leads to sanctification” or “that causes you to become holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could pay **wages**. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, when a person lives sinfully it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 23 juc4 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **death** as if it were a **wages** paid to those who **sin**. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If your readers would not understand what **wages** or **death** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “This is because whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 23 ffpr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the wages of sin are death Here what follows **for**summarizes chapter 6 and its theme of the results of living sinfully and living righteously. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 23 iyv3 figs-possession τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the wages** that come from **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 23 slyb figs-abstractnouns θάνατος; τὸ…χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 For the wages of sin are death See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [6:21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/16.md), and **everlasting life** in [6:22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus** in baptism (See [6:3–4,11](../06/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what **in Christ Jesus** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 23 qq9e figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 For the wages of sin are death Here, **our** refers to all baptized Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br> * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br> * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br> * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)<br> * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:7–25)<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br><br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br><br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br><br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί ( γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the law his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you are Jewish, you certainly understand that what God requires in his law obligates you to obey it for as long as you live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “my fellow Jewish believers in Christ … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 1 s4su figs-aside (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers of the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “(this is because I am writing to Jewish believers in Christ)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here what follows **For** indicates the reason why these **brothers** should understand what Paul is saying (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** refers to Paul (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 7 1 k3h5 figs-personification γινώσκουσιν…νόμον 1 brothers Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone else could know. Paul means that these Jewish believers in Christ understand what God’s **law** teaches. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to people who know what the law teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 1 okz5 figs-personification ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 brothers Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** requires obedience for those who are obligated to obey it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a king, God’s law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 2 hpn4 figs-activepassive ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what his law teaches, God binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here, **law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could tie someone up. Paul means that the law teaches that a **married woman** is required to stay married to her **husband** for as long he is alive. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, according to what his law teaches, God requires a married woman to remain married to her husband as long as he lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 2 as1h grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [7:2–3](../07/02.md) is an example from God’s law (See that illustrates Paul’s assertion in [7:1](../07/01.md) about how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives”. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision Here, **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: “When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 10 p5rp οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision “It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised” ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here, **righteousness of the faith** means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision “even if they are not circumcised” ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here, **circumcision** refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles. ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here, **walk in the footsteps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith even before he was circumcised” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did while he was still uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words “the promise came” are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here, **from the law** refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 14 gd78 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void “faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless” ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 there is no trespass This can be restated to remove the abstract noun **trespass**. Alternate translation: “no one can break the law” or “it is impossible to disobey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word **it** refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith” ROM 4 16 mex6 διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ πίστεως, ἵνα κατὰ χάριν, εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace “So the promise was given by faith and received through grace, so that it could be assured” ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey **the law** of Moses. ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith just as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did” ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-exclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word **us** refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “as it has been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 17 xuwy figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word **you** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here, **whom he trusted** refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence “created everything from nothing” ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem possible that he could have a son. Alternate translation: “and even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You will have more descendants than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, 1 Without becoming weak in faith, You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “And he remained strong in his faith, although” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, ἀλλ’ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he kept on acting in faith, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced “and Abraham was completely sure” ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish “God was able to do” ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore God counted Abraham’s belief as righteousness” or “Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was **Now** is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection. ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abraham only” ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “that God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word **our** refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead The phrase **raised … from the dead** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “the one who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br><br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him. ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified” ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν 1 we … our All occurrences of **we** and **our** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of what our Lord Jesus Christ did” ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here, **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to **stand** before God. Alternate translation: “because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence” ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word **this** refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md). ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καὶ καυχώμεθα 1 we … our … We Here, **we** refers to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our … us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of **hope** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 5 c09d figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 5 dc95 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The pronoun **we** here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “For it is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man” ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person” ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.” ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us … we The pronouns **us** and **we** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here, **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. Alternate translation: “How much more then, now that we have been made right with God because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 9 x9yi figs-activepassive πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 blood Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved Here, **saved** means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin. ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-exclusive κατηλλάγημεν…σωθησόμεθα 1 we were Both occurrences of **we** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son … his life “of God’s Son, much more, having been reconciled, will we be saved by the life of God’s Son” ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses. ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered … death entered through sin Paul describes **sin** as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of **one man**, Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-activepassive ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but God did not record sin against the law before he gave the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death “Even though what I have just said is true, death” or “There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death” ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)). ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of **death** as if it were a king who **ruled**. Alternate translation: “people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam’s disobedience “even people whose sins were different from Adam’s continue to die” ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him. ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here, **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by the sin of Adam alone, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here, **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here, **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “And the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift … justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 3 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself despite our many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many” ROM 5 17 f94r τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam. ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of **death** as a king who **ruled**. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass “as through the one sin committed by Adam” ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here, **condemnation** refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act of righteousness the sacrifice of Jesus Christ ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here, **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God offered to make all people right with him so they would live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 19 j5yh τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man’s disobedience the disobedience of Adam ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will make many people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος…παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person entering a room. Alternate translation: “God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded “sin increased” ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here, **grace** refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king that **ruled**. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 21 yqtf figs-explicit οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 The word **righteousness** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord With the pronoun **our**, Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br><br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br><br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br><br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God. ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun **we** refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 6 2 be39 figs-rquestion οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “We who died to sin should certainly not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 2 rgte figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 Here, **died to sin** means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s **baptism** in water as if it were a **death** and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. Alternate translation: “just as Jesus was brought back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 4 t47r figs-idiom ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To be **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing a person to live again. Alternate translation: “just as Jesus was raised back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 dpy2 figs-activepassive ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 4 ps5d ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This means he was brought back from among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again. ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 5 shm0 figs-activepassive σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him in the likeness of his death, we will also certainly be united with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 our old man was crucified with him The **old man** is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our sinful person was crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 fhvh figs-activepassive ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: “our sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sin should no longer enslave us” or “we should no longer be slaves to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Being **enslaved to sin** is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “we should no longer be controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here, **righteous** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “Because if a person has died to sin, that person is considered to be right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 7 hoqm figs-activepassive ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When a person has died to sin, God declares a person right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here, **died** refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-idiom εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “for we know that Christ, who has been brought back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 9 gjqq figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 9 kl3e ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again. ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here, **death** is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “he can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-explicit ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase **once for all** means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider “For this reason, consider” ROM 6 11 jja7 λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι 1 consider yourselves “think of yourselves as being” or “see yourselves as being” ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin Just as one cannot force a corpse to do anything, **sin** has no power to force believers to dishonor God. Alternate translation: “as if you were dead to the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 11 q4ky νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin, but alive to God “dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God” ROM 6 11 vtl1 ζῶντας…τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 alive to God in Christ Jesus “living to honor God through the power Christ Jesus gives you” ROM 6 12 dng2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that grace rules over us, not the law; we are not sin’s slaves, but God’s slaves. ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was their master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: “do not let sinful desires control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the **members** of his body to his master or king. One’s **members** are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here, **as living** refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here, **members** is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of **sin** here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be **under law** means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be **under grace** means that God’s free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but you are bound to God’s grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using two questions to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md). ROM 6 16 jl1w figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε— ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην? 1 Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves as slaves is the one to which you are obedient, the one you must obey? Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey—whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto righteousness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of **sin** and **obedience** as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin … or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin … or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death … which leads to righteousness “which results in death … which results in righteousness” ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God! “But I thank God!” ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin To be **slaves of sin** is a metaphor for having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “For you were like slaves of sin” or “For you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word **heart** refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here, **pattern** refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now that Christ has freed you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here, **freed from sin** is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Since your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “Now that you have been made free from sin’s control over you” ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Being **enslaved to righteousness** is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: “you have been made like slaves of righteousness” or “you are now controlled by righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has made you slaves of righteousness” or “Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness” ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: “I am speaking about this in human terms” or “I am using examples from everyday life” ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word **flesh** as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, **members** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here, **members** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **free from righteousness** is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 20 mu0y figs-irony ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “So nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “So you gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But now that you have become free from sin and have become God’s slaves” or “But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being **freed from sin** is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “But now that God has made you able not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being **enslaved to God** is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: “but now that God has made you able to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life “and the result of all of this is that you will live forever with God” ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word **wages** refers to a payment given to someone for their work. Alternate translation: “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death” ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord” ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br><br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br><br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br><br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law. ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](../07/01.md)). ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here, **bound by law to her living husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 2 iu7r ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ 1 the married woman This refers to any **woman** who is **married**. ROM 7 3 w3yw 0 Connecting Statement: This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](../07/01.md)). ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 3 wg4k ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here being **free from the law** means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: “she does not have to obey that law” ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Therefore, my brothers This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md). ROM 7 4 u5nu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 7 4 rj6u figs-activepassive τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law. ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-exclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released The pronoun **we** refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter Here, **the letter** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “of the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this phrase to introduce a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of **sin** as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin” ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This could mean: (1) Paul realized that he was sinning. (2) Paul strongly desired to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 10 yu1u figs-metaphor εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον. 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul speaks of God’s **commandment** as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing **sin** as a person who can do three things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ…ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-metaphor ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Paul speaks of sin as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good. ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic. ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ…ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God’s law. ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me “did … cause me to die” ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin … brought about death in me Paul is viewing **sin** as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me “separated me from God” ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “because I disobeyed the commandment” ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good. ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do” ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do “Because what I do” ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω 2 what I want to do, this I do not do The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words **I do**, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 But if I do “However, if I do what I do not want to do” ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good” ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes **sin** as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good “the good deeds” or “the good actions” ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions” ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of **evil** here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This refers to the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive “But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me” ROM 7 23 t7yh τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου 1 new principle This refers to the new spiritually-alive nature. ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This refers to the old nature, the way people are when they are born. ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts “my sinful nature” ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου? 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me “will rescue me” ROM 7 24 md8e figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death This is a metaphor that means a **body** that will experience physical **death**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This is the answer to the question in 7:24. ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either the **law of God** or the principle of **sin**. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br><br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### No condemnation<br><br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]]) ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good. ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here, **condemnation** refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true” ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus Here, **the Spirit of life** refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the working of the Holy Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being **set free** from **the law of sin and death** is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death This could mean: (1) the **law** of Moses, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) Paul is stating the principle that people **sin** and die. ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the **law** is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh “because of people’s sinful nature” ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin The **Son** of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin. ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh “who looked like any other sinful human being” ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins” ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son” ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 4 bgg7 figs-idiom τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 Here, **flesh** is an idiom for sinful human nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit” ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have. ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **mind of the flesh** and the **mind of the Spirit** as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do. ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how **the flesh** was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md). ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the Holy Spirit” ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy **Spirit**. ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if it is true that This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you How **Christ** lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **dead** to the power of sin. (2) the physical **body** will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **alive** because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the Spirit … lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit of the one who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you” ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised” ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus Here “to raise” is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 mortal bodies “your physical bodies” or “your bodies, which will die someday” ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then “Because what I have just told you is true” ROM 8 12 qw5b ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh You can include the implied word “debtors.” Alternate translation: “but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires” ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die “you will certainly be separated from God” ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul speaks of not doing sinful **deeds** as putting them to death. Alternate translation: “but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 14 gd1i υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here, **sons of God** refers to all believers in Jesus. ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry “who causes us to cry out” ROM 8 15 vxs9 translate-unknown Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father **Abba** is the word for **Father** in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “we also will one day receive what God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God may glorify us along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 18 phk6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in [Romans 8:25](../08/25.md). ROM 8 18 i5nu γὰρ 1 For This emphasizes **I consider**. Here, it does not mean “because.” ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς 1 I consider that … are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive μέλλουσαν…ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 will be revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God will reveal” or “that God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως, τὴν…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 19 sr2p τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here refers to all believers in Jesus. ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι, ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes “creation” as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: “not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in **slavery to decay** is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: “from being destined to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God Here, **freedom** is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman who **groans** while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: “For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here, **our adoption** refers to when we will become full members of God’s family, as adopted sons. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 23 qsb9 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 Here, the word **redemption** means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “when he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει? 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what **hope** is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us. ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans “with groanings that we cannot express in words” ROM 8 27 tq4n ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here, **the one** refers to God. ROM 8 27 tz5h figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who searches all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 27 v184 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love. ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 2 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them” ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance for them” ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the **Son** of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn” ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here, **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined “those whom God made plans for in advance” ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here, **justified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word **glorified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν? 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies” ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται? 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 32 rib2 πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things “he will certainly also kindly give us all things” ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν. 1 Who will bring any accusation against God’s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν? 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be **at the right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” or “Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words “shall separate us from the love of Christ” are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 35 kcjr figs-metonymy ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Here, **sword** is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “or being killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here, **your** is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here, **we** refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 8 36 h6v7 figs-hyperbole θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 The phrase **all day long** is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. Alternate translation: “we are continually killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 8 36 phxq figs-activepassive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. Alternate translation: “Our lives are considered of no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 8 36 gmi0 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory” ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 38 fch1 πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced “I am confident” ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments This could refer to: (1) demons. (2) human kings and rulers. ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers This could refer to: (1) spiritual beings with power. (2) human beings with power. ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br><br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this. ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe. ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say” ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here, **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites “who, like me, are Israelites” ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of **adoption** to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith. ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “But God has kept his promises” ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of **Israel** (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus. ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants” ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here, **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor οὐ…ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God The phrase **children of God** is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise The phrase **children of the promise** refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise” ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as **our father** because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived “had become pregnant” ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad” ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen” ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born “before the children were born” ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad “not because of anything they had done” ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just” ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’” ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word **hated** is an exaggeration. God **loved** **Jacob** much more than he loved **Esau**. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God’s talking with **Moses** as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard” ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the **scripture** is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “For the scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … my Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God as the speaker. ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing something to be what it is. Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God’s reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn. ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν? 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he … his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God. ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has … withstood his will “who has ever stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως? 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why … way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 20 knb3 figs-rquestion μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως? 1 Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why did you make me this way?’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν? 1 Does the potter not have the right … for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainly has the right over the clay to make from the same lump a container for special occasions, but another for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were **containers**. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he … his The pronouns **he** and **his** here refer to God. ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were **containers**. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great **riches**. Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here, **glory** refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The pronoun **us** here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here, **called** means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus. ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea. ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here, **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea **Hosea** was an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people “I will choose for my people those who were not my people” ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here, **the one** refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word **living** may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God” ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out” ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of **sand** in the **sea**. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word **saved** in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here, **word** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said” ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἐγενήθημεν 1 us … we Here the pronouns **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles” ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God” ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here, **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit εἰς νόμον οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep **the law**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί? 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 32 e7p7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? 1 Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ὡς ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 33 kx9c figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can indicate that Isaiah wrote this. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written by Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 33 ivt3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here, **Zion** is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 33 u3dj figs-doublet λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 33 mf6h figs-metaphor λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 These phrases are metaphors that refer to Jesus and his death on the cross. It was as if the people stumbled over a stone because they were disgusted when they considered Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 believes in it Because the stone stands for a person, you may need to translate this as “who believes in him.” ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s righteousness<br><br>Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”<br><br>Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus. ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation “is that God will save the Jews” ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them “I declare truthfully about them” ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law “how the law makes a person right before God” ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes righteousness as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 11 r6tf figs-explicit λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 You can make explicit who wrote the scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For the Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 2 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true. ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 3 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses **feet** to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed” ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 figs-explicit εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you that Israel did know the message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-you ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Both instances of **I** refer to God, and **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Here, **you** refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God. ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet **Isaiah** wrote what God had said. ROM 10 20 fc4b εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared “I made myself known” ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says **He** refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Grafting<br><br>Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”<br><br>Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then “I, Paul, say then” ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ? 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 1 wqu2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). ROM 11 1 bc4g φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin This refers to the **tribe** descended from **Benjamin**, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel. ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew “whom he knew ahead of time” ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the **scriptures** as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed Here, **they** refers to the people of Israel. ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun **I** here refers to Elijah. ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life “they want to kill me” ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός? 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Elijah. ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace. ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit εἰ δὲ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God’s mercy works. Alternate translation: “But since God’s mercy works by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν? 1 What then? “What should we conclude?” Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is what we need to remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to **hear** or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here, **spirit** means “the characteristics of,” such as the “spirit of wisdom.” ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one’s **eyes** was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding. ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the **ears** was considered to be equivalent to obedience. ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap Here, **table** here is a metonym that represents feasting. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts become like a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 9 l6re figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Here, **net** and **trap** are metaphors that represent punishment. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 9 x0wl figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A **stumbling block** is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them “something that allows you to take revenge on them” ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here, **make their backs bend** is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. Alternate translation: “make them continually carry heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 10 biqg figs-metaphor τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake. ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν? 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς 1 provoke … to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the **Gentiles** by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ. ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles. ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to Paul’s fellow Jews. ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “and perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself” ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun **their** refers to Jewish unbelievers. ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν? 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 15 civ7 figs-activepassive τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν? 1 You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 15 jn4l νεκρῶν 1 the dead These words speak of all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα; 1 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the first grain or **firstfruits** to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who are descendants of those men as if they were a **lump of dough** that they made from the grain. Alternate translation: “If Abraham is counted as the first of what has been offered to God, all of our ancestors who followed should also be counted as God’s possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the **root** of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the **branches** of the tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here, “firstfruits” stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as **branches** that were **broken off**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 17 b8ic figs-activepassive εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 17 qv65 σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun **you**, and the phrase **a wild olive branch**, refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were **grafted** into the faith of Abraham and the Jewish patriarchs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 17 lb1p figs-activepassive ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here, **the richness of the root** is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here, **the branches** is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches that are connected to the **root** of the faith of the Abraham and the Jewish patriarchs. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off **Branches** here refer to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 19 qk8c figs-activepassive ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 19 z9l9 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 20 puj9 τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their … they The pronouns **They** and **their** refer to the Jewish people who did not believe. ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing **firm** and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the **natural branches** refer to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them. ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ δὲ σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell … God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns **severity** and **kindness**. Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell, but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun **kindness**. Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can **cut off** if he needs to. Here, **cut off** is a metaphor for rejecting someone. Alternate translation: “Otherwise you will be rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 22 l17i figs-activepassive ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase **do not continue in their unbelief** is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be **grafted** back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 23 lx11 figs-activepassive ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree. ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they … them The occurrences of **they** and **them** refer to the Jews. ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 24 dem3 figs-activepassive εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ? 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul continues speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The branches **according to nature** represent the Jews who were originally connected to the faith of Abraham and the Jewish patriarchs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I Here the pronoun **I** refers to Paul. ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you … you … your The pronouns **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Gentile believers. ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of stubbornness as if it were a **hardening** of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word **until** here implies that a portion Jews will refuse to believe until after God has finished bringing the **Gentiles** into the church. ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God. ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here, **Zion** is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer “the one who brings his people to safety” ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of **ungodliness** as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here, **Jacob** is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of **sins** as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the **gospel**. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose **enemies** they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 2 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions **election**. Alternate translation: “because God has elected the Jews” or “because God has chosen the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions **their forefathers**. Alternate translation: “they are loved by God because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 28 d82k figs-activepassive ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were **gifts**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 29 mnqs figs-explicit ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past” ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here, **mercy** means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you Here, **you** refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here, **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us” ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here, **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ? 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, all occurrences of **him** refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian living<br><br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br><br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve. ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “which is the right way to worship God” ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think “that no one among you should think they are better than they are” ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way “but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their **faith** in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you the faith to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul the word **For** to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human **body**. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members Here, **members** are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands. ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl figs-activepassive τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith. ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 love This is another word that means brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **in … be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “in … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers “as for how you love your fellow believers” ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another “honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them” ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him “do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord” ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering “wait patiently whenever you have troubles” ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways “do not think that you are more important than others” ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people “welcome people who do not seem important” ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people “do things that everyone considers to be good” ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap The pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his his head’” ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as though it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br><br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities “submit to government officials” ROM 13 1 wii2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power” ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 3 m3yf γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person. ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid. ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds … to evil deeds People are identified with their **good deeds** or **evil deeds**. ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν? 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good. ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short **sword** as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God” ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “because the government punishes evildoers” ROM 13 6 r4b3 τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural. ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 2 For they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities are” ROM 13 7 z9cn ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural. ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 7 s2nf τὸ τέλος 1 toll This is a kind of tax. ROM 13 8 s8pb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors. ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Pay all you owe to everyone, and fulfill your obligation to love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 13 8 ay3n εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another This is the one debt that can remain. ROM 13 8 p6cw ὀφείλετε 1 Owe This verb is plural and applies to all the Christians in Rome. ROM 13 8 i5au ἀγαπᾶν 1 love This refers to the kind of **love** that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: “People who love their neighbors do not harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as **night**. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 2 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the **day**. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of **works of darkness** as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to **put aside** means to stop doing something. Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is **day**. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “in sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people. ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of accepting the moral nature of Christ as if he were our outer clothing that people can see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 14 j795 ἐνδύσασθε 1 put on If your language has a plural form for commands, use it here. ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the **flesh** refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: “do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives. ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God. ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things. ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments “and do not condemn them for their opinions” ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Some people believe God permits them to eat any kind of food. ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat. ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owned slaves. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the slave or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being **made to stand** instead of falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same” ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “Let each person be convinced that he is honoring the Lord by what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here, **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord” ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here, **brother** means a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The **judgment seat** refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written, You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the scriptures:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the word **God** and **tongue** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God “will have to explain our actions to God” ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself “by its nature” or “because of what it is” ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word **your** refers to those who are strong in faith and **brother** refers to those who are weak in faith. ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good” ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his **kingdom** so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here a **stumbling block** is a food that a weaker brother eats despite thinking it is wrong, and thereby goes against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin” ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 21 e1du figs-you σου 1 your Here, **you** is singular and stresses the responsibility of each individual believer for his fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers back to the beliefs about food and drink. ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you … yourself Here, **you** and **yourself** are singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do” ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Strong/Weak<br><br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our … we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant “I pray that … God … will grant” ROM 15 5 ws7q τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another” ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 8 r0gd figs-activepassive Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here, **the fathers** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the promises to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy” ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “And again the scripture says” ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him “let … praise the Lord” ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse **Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “having been filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here, to **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles “so that the Gentiles will obey God” ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “and that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you” ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you “I encourage you” ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with “to work hard with” or “to struggle with” ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe” ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe **Phoebe** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word **our** refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “you would welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-euphemism παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: “help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 16 2 inh1 καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well “has helped many people, and she has also helped me” ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila **Priscilla** was the wife of **Aquila**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Paul’s **fellow workers** are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 5 i32d καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house “and greet the believers who meet in their house to worship” ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus **Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary **Mary** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus **Andronicus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could refer to: (1) Junia, a woman’s name. (2) Junias, a man’s name, although this is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus **Ampliatus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord” ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus … Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles … Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word **approved** refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion … Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus **Rufus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own **mother**. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God. ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about “to watch out for” ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας 1 who are causing the divisions and obstacles This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned “and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned” ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them Here, **turn away** is a metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here, **stomach** is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Alternate translation: “but they only care about their physical desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 16 18 eff9 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 Serving there **stomach** represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words **smooth** and **flattering** mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “and by saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 16 18 m9h5 τῶν ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “of those who innocently trust them” or “of those who do not know these teachers are fooling them” ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil “not involved in doing evil things” ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase **crush … under your feet** refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over **Satan** as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their **feet**. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him. ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος…Ἰάσων…Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 Tertius, who write this epistle **Tertius** is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord “greet you as a fellow believer” ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship. ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group. ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing. ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word **Now** marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here. ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were being set firmly in place. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ” ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a **secret**. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers what had been kept secret for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 25 n6c1 figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs **revealed** and **made known** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “but now the mystery has been made known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so people can believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 You can combine the verbs **revealed** and **made known** in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so that people would believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])